DAMARK INTERNATIONAL INC
10-K, 1998-03-11
CATALOG & MAIL-ORDER HOUSES
Previous: DAMARK INTERNATIONAL INC, DEF 14A, 1998-03-11
Next: DEFINED ASSET FUNDS CORPORATE INCOME FD INTERM TERM SER 41, 485BPOS, 1998-03-11



<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                            ------------------------
 
                                   FORM 10-K
 
                 ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
                     OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
  For the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997  Commission File Number: 0-19902
 
                           DAMARK INTERNATIONAL, INC.
 
             (Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
 
              MINNESOTA                                41-1551116
   (State or other jurisdiction of        (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
    incorporation or organization)
 
      7101 WINNETKA AVENUE NORTH                     (612) 531-0066
     MINNEAPOLIS, MINNESOTA 55428           (Registrant's telephone number,
   (Address of principal executive                including area code)
        offices and Zip Code)
 
       Securities registered pursuant to Section 12 (b) of the Act: NONE
 
   Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: Class A Common
                             Stock, $.01 par value
 
    Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15 (d) of the Securities Act of 1934
during the preceding 12 months and (2) has been subject to such filing
requirements for the past 90 days: Yes  _X_    No ___
 
    Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item
405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the
best of Registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K. [ ]
 
    Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the Registrant's
classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date: On March 6, 1998,
there were 7,818,464 shares of Class A Common Stock, $.01 par value, of the
Registrant outstanding. The aggregate market value of the Class A Common Stock
of the Registrant held on March 6, 1998 (based on the last reported sale price
of the Common Stock on that date by the Nasdaq National Market tier of the
Nasdaq Stock Market System) owned by non-affiliates was approximately
$86,401,991.
 
                      DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE:
 
    1.  Portions of the Registrant's Report to Shareholders for the year ended
December 31, 1997 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "1997
Annual Report") are incorporated by reference into Parts II and IV of this Form
10-K.
 
    2.  Portions of the Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders
to be held April 15, 1998 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"1997 Proxy Statement") are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Form
10-K.
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                                     PART I
 
ITEM 1.  BUSINESS
 
GENERAL
 
    DAMARK International, Inc. ("DAMARK" or the "Company"), incorporated in
Minnesota in 1986, is an integrated relationship marketer providing consumers
with a range of tailored products and services branded under DAMARK-owned
nameplates and the nameplates of other consumer marketers. DAMARK's programs,
products and services are offered through direct mail and telemarketing
channels. The Company offers a variety of membership clubs which provide members
with discounts on travel, hospitality and entertainment as well as retail,
health and fitness and other convenience needs. As of December 31, 1997, almost
1.4 million consumers belonged to a DAMARK managed membership program. In
addition, brand-name, value-priced merchandise is sold through catalogs in six
broad categories: computers, home office, consumer electronics, home decor, home
improvements and sports/ fitness.
 
    DAMARK's driving force is its club membership strategy. In 1987, DAMARK
introduced the Preferred Buyers' Club-Registered Trademark- ("PBC-Registered
Trademark-"). PBC members are among DAMARK's most loyal customers; on average
they spend approximately three times as much as DAMARK's other non-membership
customers and produce the highest dollar volume of business. In its continuing
effort to become a leader in the membership services industry, DAMARK has
introduced several new membership clubs during the past two years.
Insiders-Registered Trademark- and Vacation Passport-Registered Trademark- were
introduced during 1996 and the Great Deal Pack-SM- and Essentials for Home-SM-
clubs were introduced during 1997. During 1997 the Company also implemented
several test marketing relationships with large, list-owning clients who are
financial services industry leaders. As a result, the Company began test
marketing membership programs on behalf of these clients.
 
    During 1993, the Company acquired certain assets and assumed certain
obligations of the COMB-Registered Trademark-Corporation ("COMB"), a direct
marketer of discount, discontinued and close-out merchandise. As part of this
acquisition, the Company obtained COMB's proprietary customer list, including
members of COMB's subscription membership clubs. The COMB acquisition was
accounted for under the purchase method of accounting, whereby the Company's
results of operations include COMB's operating results since the date of
acquisition.
 
DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS
 
    The Company's overall business strategy is to be a membership-driven
national direct marketer offering its customers "one stop shopping" for many of
their shopping needs. Membership benefits include discounts on DAMARK products,
discounts and other valuable services from third-party marketing partners on
travel, hospitality, entertainment, health and fitness and convenience, as well
as other retail services. This marketing strategy includes, among other things,
effectively targeting its name acquisition efforts and marketing DAMARK
programs, products and services on behalf of other large customer list owners in
order to broaden its core customer base and to offer value pricing or "great
deals" on brand name and other quality merchandise and services.
 
MEMBERSHIP MARKETING
 
    The Company offers consumers the opportunity to join the following
membership clubs:
 
    PREFERRED BUYERS' CLUB-REGISTERED TRADEMARK-
 
    This club entitles members to a 10% discount on all DAMARK advertised
prices, marketplace and catalog best price guarantees, as well as other club
benefits. Since first being introduced in 1987, the Preferred Buyers' Club has
grown to approximately one million members. Management believes this
 
                                       1
<PAGE>
growth reflects the Company's success in making PBC members feel they receive
significant value from their membership. PBC members are among the Company's
most loyal customers and produce the highest sales productivity per catalog
mailed. PBC members are also the Company's most profitable customer segment and
have the most predictable purchasing patterns and longest lasting relationship
with the Company. As DAMARK acquires new customers through its catalog mailings,
it strives to convert them to PBC members in order to build additional loyalty
with these customers and to encourage repeat purchasing of merchandise from the
Company's catalogs. PBC members are mailed club catalogs frequently and are
periodically mailed other single category and customer segmented catalogs
throughout the year.
 
    INSIDERS-REGISTERED TRADEMARK-
 
    As part of the Company's continuing effort to increase customer loyalty by
further enhancing the value proposition to its existing club members, Insiders,
a premier shopping club, was introduced in 1996 to DAMARK customers who shop
most frequently and desire premium membership benefits. Insiders offers members
all of the benefits of DAMARK's Preferred Buyers' Club, as well as lowest price
guarantee on product purchases, discounts on extended warranty service plans and
express shipping. In addition, membership in Insiders entitles members to
complimentary memberships in third-party premium clubs.
 
    During 1997, purchases by PBC and Insiders members represented approximately
49% of the Company's net product sales.
 
    VACATION PASSPORT-REGISTERED TRADEMARK-
 
    Vacation Passport is a travel club offering its members up to 50 percent
discounts on hotels worldwide, airline frequent flyer miles or cash rebates, car
rental discounts and upgrades, services from a full service travel agency, as
well as discounts on cruises, theme park attractions, sailing, skiing and
golfing vacations and many other benefits. Unlike the Preferred Buyers' Club and
Insiders, the success of the Vacation Passport Club is not dependent on
customers purchasing merchandise from DAMARK. Rather, Vacation Passport allows
the Company the opportunity to offer new and enhanced benefits to its current
customer base while, at the same time, attracting customers who are not
necessarily interested in joining DAMARK's more product orientated clubs.
 
    GREAT DEAL PACK-SM-
 
    Great Deal Pack, introduced in October 1997, offers members discounts on
products and leisure activities including DAMARK coupons, video rental rebates,
discounts on selected DAMARK products and on third-party entertainment partner
offers, low price magazine subscriptions, and lowest price protection
guarantees.
 
    ESSENTIALS FOR HOME-SM-
 
    Essentials for Home, introduced in December 1997, offers members discounts
on home furnishings including discounts on DAMARK products, discounts on home
services provided by third-parties, lowest price protection guarantees, customer
decorating allowances and reduced subscription prices on selective home
magazines.
 
    The Company's overall membership strategy includes bringing individually
relevant and uniquely compelling new membership or club concepts to market. The
Company currently has several new clubs and/or club concepts in various stages
of development, including such clubs as line extensions to existing clubs and
new discount and affinity-type clubs.
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
CATALOG RETAIL MARKETING
 
    PRODUCTS
 
    The Company's retail marketing strategy is centered around locating
attractively priced, brand-named products that appeal to its targeted customer
base and can be offered as "Great Deals." These products are classified into two
broad types: "continuity" goods consisting primarily of new and mid-life cycle
products, and "opportunity" goods consisting of products more towards the end of
their life cycle which may be classified as remanufactured or refurbished goods
or, in some cases, as discontinued and overstocked goods. As the Company's
business has grown, the portion of continuity goods offered by the Company has
increased and currently represents a significant portion of the Company's
product sales. The Company offers a variety of items in six major product
categories. Each category's percentage of the Company's net product sales over
the last two years is presented below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PRODUCT LINE                                                                     1997       1996
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                            <C>        <C>
Computers....................................................................       30.7%      29.8%
Home Office..................................................................       14.5       16.3
Consumer Electronics.........................................................       18.3       18.2
Home Decor...................................................................       14.3       13.5
Home Improvements............................................................       16.1       14.8
Sports/Fitness...............................................................        6.1        7.4
                                                                               ---------  ---------
                                                                                   100.0%     100.0%
                                                                               ---------  ---------
                                                                               ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    PRODUCT PROFITABILITY
 
    The overall product profit margin depends on the mix of sales among the six
primary product categories. Products with higher price points, such as
computers, consumer electronics and home office products (the "hardline product
categories") generally have lower percentage profit margins but provide higher
actual dollar margin contribution per unit. Conversely, items with lower price
points, such as home decor, home improvement and sports/fitness products (the
"softlines product categories") generally have higher percentage profit margins
but provide less actual dollar margin contribution per unit. During 1997, the
gross profit margins ranged between 19.0% and 20.0% for the hardlines product
categories and between 35.1% and 36.9% for the softlines product categories. The
increase or decrease in the sales mix of the product categories between years
generally reflect the changes in product offerings in the Company's catalogs
which are made in response to changes in consumer demand. During 1995, the
Company began analyzing product profitability at an individual SKU level within
the slotting criteria for each major type of catalog mailed to its customers. As
a result, overall gross margins on net product sales have steadily improved over
the past two years.
 
    PRODUCT ACQUISITION AND PLANNING
 
    The Company's buyers and product planning staff evaluate new product
offerings on a continual basis based on emerging merchandise trends, consumer
demand, product performance histories, current inventory positions, product
quality and expected product profitability. Empirical analyses of the Company's
database on historical product sales allows the Company to model expected
customer purchasing behaviors based on past performance of similar products.
Inventory levels are managed through a careful analysis of, among other things,
the size of each purchase and the return and other privileges obtained from over
1,200 different suppliers, none of which accounted for more than ten percent of
total purchases in 1996 or 1997. Short lead times from product acquisition to
product offering enable the Company to purchase smaller quantities of a new
product and allow more of the purchases to be based on the product's actual
sales performance. Periodically, the Company pursues opportunistic purchases for
the primary purpose of
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
offering the merchandise in its catalogs. The Company mitigates its exposure to
inventory overstock, product returns and other inventory risks, if possible,
through arrangements with its vendors.
 
    VALUE PRICING AND SERVICE
 
    The Company's overall pricing strategy is to provide its customers with a
broad selection of "Great Deals" by discriminately selecting brand name and
other quality general merchandise which it believes will be particularly
attractive to its customer base. The Company's objective is to offer this
merchandise at or below the available pricing from dominant discount retailers.
Additionally, PBC and Insiders members receive 10% discount on advertised
product prices. The Company also seeks to build customer satisfaction and
loyalty and encourages repeat purchases by providing a "hassle-free" shopping
experience and superior customer satisfaction.
 
    PRODUCT PRESENTATION
 
    The Company's in-house staff produces the advertising copy and layouts for
each of the Company's different full-color catalog versions and other DAMARK
promotional materials using a variety of methods, including sophisticated desk
top publishing systems. Substantially all of the photographs used in the
catalogs and other DAMARK promotions are taken at the Company's in-house photo
studio. The Company's catalogs are printed by outside vendors.
 
    DAMARK uses several catalog formats to market its products to its customers:
 
    NEW PROSPECTS "FRONT-END" AND NON-CLUB CATALOGS--The front-end and non-club
catalogs are generally 64 page catalogs containing approximately 300 products.
The overall purpose of these catalogs is to generate opportunities (in the form
of telephone calls from potential customers) for the Company to sell merchandise
and convert customers to members in one of the Company's clubs (in most cases,
the Preferred Buyers' Club). The Company chooses products for these catalogs
which, based on the Company's experience, are expected to be attractive to its
targeted customers and uses various promotions to help generate initial and
additional purchases. The front-end catalog is sent to prospective customers
meeting the Company's targeted demographic profile whose names are generally
obtained from mailing lists rented from other direct marketing companies. The
non-club catalog is mailed to selected customers who have shopped with DAMARK
previously but have not yet become club members. During 1997, the Company mailed
24 front-end catalog editions and 35 non-club catalog editions with an aggregate
circulation of approximately 12.9 million.
 
    PBC AND INSIDERS "MEMBERS ONLY" CUSTOMER CATALOGS--These catalogs are
generally 64 to 80 page catalogs with approximately 300 to 350 product
offerings. This type of catalog highlights new products and gives club customers
frequent opportunities to shop for products. During 1997, the Company mailed
approximately 36 members only catalog editions with an aggregate circulation of
approximately 37 million.
 
    SPECIAL CATALOGS--Periodically, the Company develops certain specialty
catalogs, generally 48 pages, which feature single categories such as
electronics, home decor, home office, or refurbished merchandise. In 1997, the
Company produced 5 special category catalog editions. In addition, the Company
mailed three editions of its "Big Book" which is a 160 to 172 page general
merchandise catalog to its PBC and Insiders members.
 
MARKETING
 
    The Company markets merchandise and its membership clubs to consumers
through two distinctly different channels--the direct-to-the-consumer marketing
channel and the client marketing channel.
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
DIRECT-TO-THE-CONSUMER
 
    Acquisition of customers and members through the direct-to-the-consumer
channel includes, in a typical situation, the mailing of a catalog to consumers
fitting the criteria of the Company's targeted customer base. During an inbound
telephone call from a consumer to order merchandise from the Company, the
consumer is presented the most relevant and compelling membership club offer for
that specific consumer by one of the Company's marketing representatives. In
other situations targeted customers are called, on an outbound basis, by
independent contractors for the Company, for the purpose of marketing specific
membership and other offers to individuals of the targeted customer group.
 
    During 1997, the Company deployed a proprietary value delivery system to
assist in identifying the most relevant and compelling membership club or other
promotion to offer each of its customers. This value delivery system has the
capability to model and score each customer included in the Company's database.
During an inbound call with a customer, the information contained in the
database assists in guiding the Company's marketing representative to make the
most appropriate membership, product or credit offering to that specific
customer. This system assists in ensuring that the Company is making highly
relevant offers to its customers or members.
 
    TARGETED CUSTOMER BASE
 
    The Company has been differentiated from most direct marketers by targeting
well-educated male customers, with higher-than-average income as its primary
market. Based on a study by an independent marketing company, 69% of DAMARK's
customers are males; 55% of its customers are 25-44 years of age; the median
family income of DAMARK's customer is $48,000; and 55% of DAMARK's customers
have at least a college degree. Through recent marketing relationships, the
Company has expanded the demographics of customers contacted to those seeking
more credit and with lower-median income. In order to add new customers cost
effectively, the Company uses sophisticated targeting techniques to select
potential new customer names to rent from other direct mail companies and
analyzes strategic list acquisition alternatives. Once a customer purchases from
DAMARK, the Company analyzes empirical data from its proprietary database to
maximize the long-term revenue potential of this customer.
 
    NEW CUSTOMER ACQUISITION
 
    An important part of any direct marketing organization is its ability to
acquire new customer names cost effectively. The Company mails its "new
prospects catalog" at least monthly to over 4 million prospective customers
which meet the Company's targeted demographic profile. The prospect names are
selected from mailing lists rented from various sources, principally from other
direct marketing companies based on DAMARK's regression analysis, specific media
analysis and other means of evaluating customer and market data.
 
    Name acquisition is necessary to maintain the Company's active customer base
and to provide for continued growth. During 1997, approximately 1.0 million new
names were added to the Company's proprietary customer list. New customer
("front-end") sales from catalogs were approximately 26% of net product sales in
1997.
 
    CUSTOMER ASSET MANAGEMENT
 
    The Company's objective is to identify and acquire new customers that fit
its customer profile. Once acquired, the Company maximizes the long-term revenue
potential from those customers. Through empirically based marketing and
merchandising efforts, the Company seeks to maximize product purchases by its
existing customers. Demographic and regression analysis of historical purchasing
patterns of existing customers, as well as recency and frequency modeling, is
performed to increase revenues from and maximize the profitability of these
customers. During 1997, sales from repeat ("back-end") customers,
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
including sales to PBC and Insiders members, represented approximately 74% of
net product sales. The Company's proprietary customer list exceeded 12 million
names at December 31, 1997.
 
CLIENT MARKETING
 
    Prior to 1997, the Company operated solely in the direct-to-the-consumer
marketing channel. During 1997, the Company began test marketing its membership
programs on behalf of large, list-owning clients in the financial services
industry. This marketing channel provides the Company with access to millions of
prospective club members, which will significantly accelerate the growth of the
Company's member base.
 
    In the client marketing channel, the Company enters into a contract to
market membership programs and/or products on behalf of the client. The client
provides DAMARK with a list of customer names, DAMARK then acquires customers
via outbound telemarketing or direct mail and provides all order processing and
customer service functions under the brand name of the client. The Company
incurrs all marketing expenses and recognizes all revenues associated with
membership and product sales. The client receives an agreed upon share of the
net membership revenues or product margins in return for the opportunity to
market the client's customer list.
 
CREDIT AND PAYMENT CONCEPTS
 
    Customer payments for merchandise, memberships and other promotions are
accepted through major credit cards, checks or money orders. On qualifying
orders, the Company offers its customers varying installment billing plans with
no finance charges payable to the Company. At December 31, 1997, the Company had
approximately $50.5 million in installment plan receivables. These receivables
have been generated under the Company's installment billing programs which allow
the customer to pay in four, six or ten monthly installments. These receivables
can be outstanding for up to 270 days but under certain circumstances, may be
outstanding for up to 300 days. The Company expects receivables arising from its
installment billing plans to decline during 1998, as the Company plans to limit
offerings of longer-duration installment billing programs in 1998.
 
    During 1997, the Company continued to pursue additional credit marketing
opportunities. The Company signed an agreement in February 1998 with a financial
institution for the issuance of a co-branded credit card. The financial
institution will issue, own and manage the credit cards marketed to DAMARK
customers. DAMARK will receive an agreed upon account origination fee and a
percentage of the transaction volume of holders of the co-branded credit card.
 
DIRECT MARKETING OPERATIONS
 
    TELEMARKETING AND ORDER ENTRY
 
    DAMARK processes approximately 80% of its order volume through 24-hour
toll-free telephone numbers and approximately 20% of its orders are received by
mail. Generally, customer orders are processed within six minutes depending on
the nature of the order and whether or not the customer is a first time or
multi-buyer or a club member. Depending on the time of the year and staffing
levels, the Company has the capacity to handle an aggregate of more than 1,000
orders per hour at its telemarketing centers. To meet expected increased order
volumes and to minimize weather and other business risks, additional
telemarketing centers were opened in Junction City, Kansas and in Fayetteville,
North Carolina during third quarters of 1996 and 1997, respectively. The
marketing representatives employed in these centers process orders directly into
the Company's on-line data and order entry system which provides product
availability information, product specifications, available product substitutes
and accessories and expected ship date, each of which is available and can be
provided to the customer, if requested, during the telephone order process.
Marketing representatives are knowledgeable in key product features and are
trained to sell accessories and peripheral products, memberships and extended
service plans provided by third-party vendors.
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
    Subsequent to December 31, 1997, the Company opened a facility in Brooklyn
Center, Minnesota to serve as a telemarketing center exclusively for its client
marketing programs. To better utilize the available capacity in this facility
during 1998, this center will also handle customer calls related to DAMARK's
direct-to-the-consumer programs. Certain employees formerly working in the
Company's Brooklyn Park, Minnesota telemarketing center were relocated to the
Brooklyn Center telemarketing center and the Brooklyn Park center was closed in
February 1998.
 
    FULFILLMENT
 
    Fulfillment activities include receiving merchandise from vendors and
suppliers, inspecting merchandise for damage or defects (including sample
testing of products), storing product for easier access, picking products
ordered by customers from the distribution center, repackaging products in
approved containers, if necessary, and shipping ordered products to the
customer.
 
    The Company uses an integrated computer picking, packing and shipping
system. The system monitors the in-stock status of each product ordered,
processes the customer order and generates the related packing and shipping
materials, taking into account, among other things, the bin location of products
within the distribution center. DAMARK has the capacity to pick, pack and ship
up to 25,000 packages during an eight-hour work shift, but adjusts its employee
levels and its processing system to meet variable demand levels. The Company
currently operates out of a 400,000 square foot distribution facility which it
constructed in late 1994 and in which it installed a new warehouse distribution
system during 1995. The Company estimates that over 90% of goods ordered by
customers are in stock and, of these orders which are credit approved,
substantially all are shipped within twenty four hours of order receipt.
 
    CUSTOMER SERVICE AND RETURNS
 
    Customer service activities consist principally of customer requests for
order and refund status, questions regarding club membership, response to
product inquiry questions, authorization of merchandise returns and referral of
product warranty claims which are generally the responsibility of the
manufacturer.
 
    The Company allows customers to return products up to 30 days after the
customer receives the products. During 1997, the Company experienced merchandise
returns from customers of approximately 14.1% of gross product sales. The
Company believes its return experience is within the customary range for direct
marketing businesses. Product return experience is closely monitored at the
individual product level to assist in identifying trends in product offerings,
chronic product defects and quality issues in order to assess future purchases
and to assist in enhancing customer satisfaction.
 
    INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND TECHNOLOGY
 
    The Company has developed an integrated management information system which
allows telephone orders to be captured on-line and mail orders to be efficiently
entered. The automated order entry system edits orders and generates
distribution center pick tickets and packing slips for order fulfillment
operations. The Company's system is an on-line transaction processing system
which is a high availability order capture and order fulfillment system. The
information system also provides support for merchandising, inventory
management, marketing, financial and management reporting. The on-line access to
information allows management to monitor daily trends, market conditions and
performance of the product acquisitions and planning functions.
 
    During 1997, the Company deployed a proprietary value delivery system which
is integrated with its information system. This value delivery system has the
capability to model and score each customer included in the Company's database.
During an inbound call with a customer, the information contained in the
database assists in guiding the Company's marketing representative to make the
most appropriate membership, product or credit offering to that specific
customer. This system assists in ensuring that the Company is making highly
relevant offers to its customers or members. This system is also available to
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
provide relationship marketing services as part of the Company's client
marketing efforts to customers of large, list-owning clients.
 
    The Company's computer systems and those of third parties with whom it does
business will be affected when the year changes to 2000, commonly known as the
"year 2000 problem". The Company is currently conducting an internal study to
determine the full scope and related costs of modifying its computer systems to
ensure proper processing of transactions into and beyond the year 2000. The
Company expects that it will begin to incur costs in 1998 to address the year
2000 issues identified during the internal study. Although these costs currently
are not expected to be significant, failure to achieve timely completion of
required modifications or conversions or failure of the third parties with whom
the Company has relationships (vendors, clients, credit card processors and
others) to be year 2000 compliant could have a material adverse impact on the
operations and financial condition of the company. Maintenance or modification
costs incurred by the Company will be expensed, costs of new software (whether
purchased or internally developed) will be capitalized and amortized over the
useful life of the applicable software.
 
COMPETITION
 
    The Company competes with value marketers, convenience marketers and
relationship marketers. These competitors include a wide variety of department,
discount and specialty stores, as well as cable home shopping networks, other
mail order catalogers and membership services companies. Within the value
marketing segment of the retail business, the Company competes directly with
regional and national firms, including such retailers as Best Buy, Circuit City,
J.C. Penney, Sears, Target and Wal-Mart. The Company also competes on certain
products with specialty retailers including Comp USA, Home Depot and Staples and
in the convenience marketing segment with Lands' End, L.L. Bean, Spiegel and
Williams-Sonoma. Competitors of the Company from the relationship marketer
segment include, among others, Cendant Corporation (formerly C-U-C
International, Inc.) and MemberWorks, Inc. Many of the Company's competitors
have greater financial, distribution and marketing resources.
 
FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION
 
    Forward-looking statements contained herein are made pursuant to the safe
harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.
Certain important factors exist that could cause results to differ materially
from those anticipated by some of the statements made herein. Investors are
cautioned that all forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainty. The
factors, among others, that could cause actual results to differ materially
include: consumer spending and debt levels; interest rates; failure of the
Company or significant third parties to achieve year 2000 compliance or material
expense in connection with such compliance; changes or consumer perception of
changes in the domestic and/or international economic and political climates;
continuity of relationships with or purchases from major vendors and list
owners; changes in product mix; telemarketing center integration; competitive
pressures on sales, pricing and membership services; availability of financing
on favorable terms; higher than expected installment program default rates; and
increases in catalog production, product and other costs which cannot be
recovered through improved pricing of products and services.
 
EMPLOYEES
 
    At February 28, 1998, the Company had approximately 1,950 employees,
including approximately 675 part-time employees. During the past two years, the
Company has added telemarketing centers in Junction City, Kansas and
Fayetteville, North Carolina partially in response to the extremely tight labor
market in the Minneapolis/Saint Paul area. The Company has not experienced any
significant difficulty in obtaining warehouse and distribution employees, on a
full-time or part-time basis, which are required during the Company's seasonal
peak periods. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis--Seasonality." None of
the Company's employees are party to a collective bargaining agreement.
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
    The Company's operations depend in part on its ability to attract, train and
retain qualified personnel. As special employee incentives, the Company's
provides, among other things, an on-site day care center and cafeterias operated
by third-party service companies. These services are subsidized by the Company.
 
TRADEMARKS AND TRADE NAMES
 
    The "DAMARK," "The Great Deal Company," and "Preferred Buyers Club"
trademarks, among others, are owned by the Company and are registered with the
U.S. Patent and Trademark Office. The Company has other pending registration
applications and will pursue other registrations as appropriate to establish and
preserve its rights.
 
ITEM 2.  PROPERTIES
 
    The Company owns a 400,000 square foot distribution facility on an 80 acre
parcel in Brooklyn Park, Minnesota. In addition, the Company also leases the
following properties associated with its business:
 
    - a 250,000 square foot office and warehouse facility and adjoining 12 acre
      parcel, in Brooklyn Park, Minnesota under a ten-year net lease expiring in
      July 2000,
 
    - a 38,000 square foot telemarketing center facility in Junction City,
      Kansas under a ten year net lease expiring in May 2006,
 
    - a 30,000 square foot telemarketing center facility in Fayetteville, North
      Carolina under a five year net lease expiring in July 2002, and
 
    - a 42,000 square foot telemarketing and office facility in Brooklyn Center,
      Minnesota under a five year net lease expiring in May 2003.
 
The Company believes that its properties are well-maintained and in good
operating condition and that its existing warehouse space will be sufficient to
accommodate its peak inventory level in 1998.
 
ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
    On October 25, 1996, a current PBC customer commenced an action against the
Company in state court in New Jersey. This action was styled on his behalf and
on behalf of a class of Company customers, each of which are members of the
Company's Preferred Buyers' Club. The plaintiff alleges that he and the other
members of the proposed class have not received anticipated benefits as members
of the PBC. The plaintiff's complaint alleges various violations of state
consumer fraud and contract law and seeks compensatory and punitive damages.
Although the litigation is in the early stages, the Company believes that it has
meritorious defenses and does not anticipate any material adverse financial
result. The Company is defending the action aggressively.
 
    In addition to the foregoing, the Company is a party to various claims,
legal actions and other complaints arising in the ordinary course of business.
In the opinion of management, any losses which may occur are adequately covered
by insurance, are provided for in the Company's financial statements, or are
without merit and the ultimate outcome of these matters will not have a material
effect on the financial position or operations of the Company.
 
ITEM 4.  SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS
 
    The Company did not submit any matter to a vote of security holders during
the fourth quarter of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report.
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT
 
    Set forth below are the executive officers of the Company at March 10, 1998,
their ages, titles, the year first appointed as an executive officer of the
Company and employment for the past five years:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
         NAME               AGE                                   TITLE
- ----------------------      ---      ----------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                     <C>          <C>
Mark A. Cohn                    40   Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
Michael D. Moroz                34   Senior Vice President Marketing--Products & Services Group
George S. Richards              33   Senior Vice President Marketing--Customer & Clients Group
Rodney C. Merry                 40   Vice President--Information Systems
Kim H. Plahn                    36   Vice President--Finance
</TABLE>
 
    Executive officers of the Company are elected at the discretion of the Board
of Directors with no fixed term, except for Mark A. Cohn. Mr. Cohn serves as
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer under the terms of an employment
agreement which provides that Mr. Cohn's employment may not be terminated, other
than for cause, by the Company before December 31, 2000 automatically extending
for one year on each January 1, commencing January 1, 1999, unless notice of
nonextension is given. There are no family relationships between or among any of
the executive officers or directors of the Company.
 
    MR. COHN is a founder of the Company and has been the Chief Executive
Officer of the Company since its inception in 1986.
 
    MR. MOROZ was named the Company's Senior Vice President Marketing--Products
& Services Group in December 1997. From May 1995 to December 1997, Mr. Moroz
served as the Company's Vice President Marketing--Retail Group. From June 1994
to May 1995, Mr. Moroz served as the Company's Vice President of Marketing.
Since joining the Company in 1988, Mr. Moroz has held various marketing
positions with the Company.
 
    MR. RICHARDS was named the Company's Senior Vice President
Marketing--Customer & Clients Group in December 1997. Mr. Richards joined the
Company in December 1995 as Vice President Marketing-- Membership and
Partnership Group. From 1994 to 1995, Mr. Richards was Vice President--Marketing
and Business Development with Montgomery Ward Direct, L.P., a catalog joint
venture between Fingerhut Companies, Inc. and Montgomery Ward. From 1993 to
1994, he was a Senior Engagement Manager with McKinsey & Company, Inc., a global
strategy marketing consulting firm. From 1990 to 1993, Mr. Richards held various
catalog and specialty retail marketing management positions with Sears, Roebuck
& Co., Inc.
 
    MR. MERRY was named the Company's Vice President--Information Systems in
December 1996. From September 1996 to December 1996, Mr. Merry served as the
Company's Divisional Director of Information Services. From February 1996 to
September 1996, Mr. Merry was Vice President of Operations for Publishing
Business Systems. From January 1995 to February 1996, Mr. Merry served as the
Company's Director of Application Development. From February, 1994 to January
1995, Mr. Merry served as the Company's Director of Computer Operations. From
1992 to February 1994, Mr. Merry was Director of Internetworking and Software
Engineering for Network Systems Corporation.
 
    MS. PLAHN was named the Company's Vice President--Finance in December 1997.
Ms. Plahn served as the Company's Divisional Director--Finance from September
1996 to December 1997. From January 1990 to September 1996, Ms. Plahn served as
the Company's Corporate Controller. Ms. Plahn joined the Company in 1989 as the
Director of Accounting.
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
                                    PART II
 
ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
 
    The Company's Class A Common Stock (the "Common Stock") trades on the Nasdaq
National Market tier of the Nasdaq Stock Market System under the symbol "DMRK."
As of February 19, 1998, there were 643 holders of record of the Company's
Common Stock.
 
    The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the range of high
and low sale prices of the Company's Class A Common Stock.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   HIGH        LOW
                                                                                  -------    -------
<S>                                                                               <C>        <C>
1997
Fourth Quarter.................................................................   $14 1/2    $ 9 3/4
  (September 28, 1997 to December 31, 1997)
Third Quarter..................................................................    18 7/8     14 1/4
  (June 29, 1997 to September 27, 1997)
Second Quarter.................................................................    16 3/4      9 1/8
  (March 30, 1997 to June 28, 1997)
First Quarter..................................................................    11 1/2      9 1/8
  (January 1, 1997 to March 29, 1997)
 
1996
Fourth Quarter.................................................................   $13        $ 8 1/4
  (September 29, 1996 to December 31, 1996)
Third Quarter..................................................................    17 1/2     10 7/8
  (June 30, 1996 to September 28, 1996)
Second Quarter.................................................................    15 1/2      8 7/8
  (March 31, 1996 to June 29, 1996)
First Quarter..................................................................     9 1/2      6
  (January 1, 1996 to March 30, 1996)
</TABLE>
 
    The Company has never declared or paid cash or stock dividends on its Common
Stock. The Company currently intends to retain earnings for use in the operation
and expansion of its business and does not anticipate paying cash dividends in
the foreseeable future. In addition, the Company's bank credit agreement
provides limitations on the payment of dividends on its Common Stock.
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
ITEM 6.  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
 
    The selected financial data presented below under the captions "Statement of
Operations Data" and "Balance Sheet Data" as of and for each of the years in the
five-year period ended December 31, 1997 are derived from the consolidated
financial statements of the Company. The selected financial data presented below
are qualified in their entirety by, and should be read in conjunction with, the
consolidated financial statements and notes thereto and other financial and
statistical information referenced elsewhere in this Report, including the
information referenced under the caption "Management's Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31
                                                                -----------------------------------------------------
                                                                  1997       1996       1995       1994       1993
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                     (IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT FOR PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<S>                                                             <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Net revenues..................................................  $ 594,627  $ 513,716  $ 500,024  $ 477,381  $ 364,274
Cost of products and services.................................    423,411    371,145    375,188    360,645    272,958
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Gross profit................................................    171,216    142,571    124,836    116,736     91,316
Marketing and administrative expenses.........................    159,842    133,317    126,727    107,517     81,769
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Operating income (loss).....................................     11,374      9,254     (1,891)     9,219      9,547
Interest expense, net.........................................     (1,757)       (66)      (191)      (239)      (202)
Other expense, net............................................        (67)       (65)      (709)      (690)      (587)
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Income (loss) before income taxes...........................      9,550      9,123     (2,791)     8,290      8,758
Income tax benefit (provision)................................     (3,245)    (3,055)       935     (2,419)    (2,979)
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Net income (loss)...........................................  $   6,305  $   6,068  $  (1,856) $   5,871  $   5,779
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Basic earnings per common share:
    Net earnings (loss) per share.............................  $     .78  $     .72  $    (.20) $     .61  $     .73
    Weighted average common shares outstanding................      8,033      8,417      9,093      9,547      7,958
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Diluted earnings per common share:
    Net earnings (loss) per share.............................  $     .74  $     .70  $    (.20) $     .59  $     .69
    Weighted average common shares and common share
      equivalents outstanding.................................      8,480      8,713      9,093     10,003      8,385
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                                                                     DECEMBER 31
                                                                -----------------------------------------------------
                                                                  1997       1996       1995       1994       1993
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                   (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                             <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Working capital...............................................  $  24,299  $  19,664  $  24,211  $  35,048  $  43,567
Total assets..................................................    206,189    142,790    141,728    155,531    146,750
Total long-term debt, excluding current maturities............     --         --         --            250        500
Total indebtedness............................................     44,400      3,000        250        500      2,027
Common shareholders' equity...................................     68,663     62,544     64,936     71,980     64,331
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
                                       12
<PAGE>
ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS
         OF OPERATION
 
    "Management's Discussion and Analysis" included in the Company's 1997 Annual
Report is incorporated herein by reference.
 
ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
 
    The following financial statements of the Registrant, included in the
Company's 1997 Annual Report are incorporated herein by reference:
 
    Consolidated Balance Sheets--December 31, 1997 and 1996
 
    Consolidated Statements of Operations--Years ended December 31, 1997, 1996
and 1995
 
    Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity--Years ended December 31,
1997, 1996 and 1995
 
    Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows--Years ended December 31, 1997, 1996
and 1995
 
    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
    Report of Independent Public Accountants
 
ITEM 9.  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
         FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
 
    None
 
                                    PART III
 
ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT
 
    The information under the captions "Election of Directors--Information
Concerning Nominees and Directors" and "Section 16(a) Reporting" in the
Company's Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference. Information
concerning Executive Officers of the Company is included in this Report
following Item 4 under the caption "Executive Officers of the Registrant".
 
ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
    The information under the captions "Executive Compensation and Other
Information" and "Board Compensation Committee Report on Executive Compensation"
in the Company's Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.
 
ITEM 12.  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
 
    The information under the caption "Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial
Owners and Management" in the Company's Proxy Statement is incorporated herein
by reference.
 
ITEM 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
 
    The information under the captions "Executive Compensation and Other
Information," "Employment Contracts, Severance and Change in Control
Arrangements" and "Certain Relationships" in the Company's Proxy Statement is
incorporated herein by reference.
 
                                       13
<PAGE>
                                    PART IV
 
ITEM 14.  EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K
 
    (a) DOCUMENTS FILED AS PART OF FORM 10-K REPORT
 
       (1) FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
           The consolidated financial statements of DAMARK International, Inc.
       included in the Company's 1997 Annual Report are incorporated herein by
       reference under Item 8 "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data."
 
       (2) FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
 
           All financial statement schedules are omitted as the required
       information is inapplicable or the information is presented in the
       financial statements or related notes.
 
       (3) EXHIBITS
 
           The exhibits required to be a part of this Report are listed in the
       Exhibit Index which follows the signature page included herein.
 
           A copy of any of these exhibits will be furnished by the Company at a
       reasonable cost to any person upon receipt from any such person of a
       written request for any such exhibit. Such request should be sent to
       DAMARK International, Inc., 7101 Winnetka Avenue North, Minneapolis,
       Minnesota 55428, Attention: Director of Investor Relations.
 
       (b) REPORTS ON FORM 8-K
 
           No reports on Form 8-K were filed during the three months ended
       December 31, 1997.
 
    (c) EXHIBITS
 
           Included as part of Item 14(a) (3) above.
 
    (d) FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
 
           None.
 
                                       14
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES
 
    Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this Report to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereto duly authorized.
 
                                          DAMARK INTERNATIONAL, INC.
 
Date: March 11, 1998                                 /s/ MARK A. COHN
                                          --------------------------------------
                                                         Mark A. Cohn
                                          CHAIRMAN, PRESIDENT AND CHIEF
                                          EXECUTIVE OFFICER
 
    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this
report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the
Registrant in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
<TABLE>
<C>                                   <S>                                    <C>
          /S/ MARK A. COHN            Chairman, President, Chief Executive   March 11, 1998
- ------------------------------------  Officer and Director (Principal
            Mark A. Cohn              Executive Officer)
 
          /S/ KIM H. PLAHN            Vice President--Finance (Principal     March 11, 1998
- ------------------------------------  Financial and Accounting Officer)
            Kim H. Plahn
 
                 *                    Director                               March 11, 1998
- ------------------------------------
          Thomas A. Cusick
 
                 *                    Director                               March 11, 1998
- ------------------------------------
          Jack W. Eugster
 
                 *                    Director                               March 11, 1998
- ------------------------------------
         Harold Roitenberg
 
                 *                    Director                               March 11, 1998
- ------------------------------------
           Ralph Strangis
 
                 *                    Director                               March 11, 1998
- ------------------------------------
           Joel N. Waller
 
                 *                    Director                               March 11, 1998
- ------------------------------------
         Stephen J. Hemsley
 
    *By:        /s/ MARK A. COHN                                             March 11, 1998
  -------------------------------
           (Mark A. Cohn
         ATTORNEY-IN-FACT)
</TABLE>
 
*   Mark A. Cohn, pursuant to Powers of Attorney executed by each of the
    directors listed above whose name is marked by an "*" and filed as an
    exhibit hereto, by signing his name hereto does hereby sign and execute this
    report of DAMARK International, Inc. on behalf of each of such directors.
 
                                       15
<PAGE>
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                                   FORM 10-K
                 ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
                     OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
                                       OF
                           DAMARK INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                                      FOR
                      FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997
 
                            ------------------------
 
                                    EXHIBITS
<PAGE>
                           DAMARK INTERNATIONAL, INC.
 
                                EXHIBIT INDEX TO
 
                           ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
 
                  FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                               PAGE IN
 REGULATION S-K                                                                                              SEQUENTIAL
  EXHIBIT TABLE                                                                                               NUMBERING
    REFERENCE                                        TITLE OF DOCUMENT                                         SYSTEM
- -----------------  -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  -----------------
<S>                <C>                                                                                    <C>
            3      Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Registrant (filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the                  *
                     Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 33-45056))
 
            3      Article IV of the Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Registrant (filed as                   *
                     Exhibit 4.1 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 33-45056))
 
            3      Restated Bylaws of the Registrant (filed as Exhibit 3.2 to the Company's Registration              *
                     Statement on Form S-1 (No. 33-45056))
 
            4      Specimen Certificate of Class A Common Stock (filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Company's                *
                     Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 33-45056))
 
           10      Facilities Lease between the Registrant and Steven B. Hoyt (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to               *
                     the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 33-45056))
 
           10      1991 Stock Option Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company's Registration Statement              *
                     on Form S-1 (No. 33-45056))
 
           10      Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement for Jeff G. Palkovich (filed as Exhibit 10.9 to                *
                     the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 33-45056))
 
           10      Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement for Jack W. Eugster (filed as Exhibit 10.10 to                 *
                     the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 33-45056))
 
           10      Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement for Harold Roitenberg (filed as Exhibit 10.11 to               *
                     the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 33-45056))
 
           10      Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement for Ralph Strangis (filed as Exhibit 10.12 to the              *
                     Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 33-45056))
 
           10      Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement for Thomas A. Cusick (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to                 *
                     the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31,
                     1993)
 
           10      Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement for Joel N. Waller (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the               *
                     Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1993)
 
           10      Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement, dated June 16, 1997, for Stephen J. Hemsley                   *
                     (filed as Exhibit 4.3 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-8 (No.
                     333-31773))
 
           10      Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement, dated May 10, 1995, for Ralph Strangis (filed as              *
                     Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
                     December 31, 1995)
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
 
                           DAMARK INTERNATIONAL, INC.
 
                                EXHIBIT INDEX TO
 
                           ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
 
                  FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                               PAGE IN
 REGULATION S-K                                                                                              SEQUENTIAL
  EXHIBIT TABLE                                                                                               NUMBERING
    REFERENCE                                        TITLE OF DOCUMENT                                         SYSTEM
- -----------------  -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  -----------------
<S>                <C>                                                                                    <C>
           10      Assignment of Stock Option Agreement, dated as of January 30, 1998 between Mark A.
                     Cohn and the Company
 
           10      Stock Option Agreement (Non-Statutory Options) for Mark A. Cohn dated January 30,
                     1998
 
           10      Employment Agreement among the Registrant and Mark A. Cohn, dated as of August 12,                 *
                     1992 (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
                     fiscal year ended December 31, 1992)
 
           10      Amendment to Employment Agreement among the Registrant and Mark A. Cohn, dated as of               *
                     July 17, 1995 (filed as Exhibit 10 to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form
                     10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended July 1, 1995)
 
           10      Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated January 2, 1998 between the Company
                     and Mark A. Cohn
 
           10      Shareholder Agreement among the Registrant and Mark A. Cohn, dated August 12, 1992                 *
                     (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal
                     year ended December 31, 1992)
 
           10      Damark International, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors                   *
                     (filed as Exhibit 4.3 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-8 (No.
                     33-45056))
 
           10      DAMARK International, Inc. Non-Employee Director Stock Purchase Plan
 
           10      Credit Agreement, dated as of March 22, 1996, by and between the Registrant and First              *
                     Bank National Association as Agent for the Banks named therein (the "Credit
                     Agreement") (filed as Exhibit 10 to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q
                     for the fiscal quarter ended March 30, 1996)
 
           10      First Amendment, dated as of October 18, 1996, to the Credit Agreement (filed as                   *
                     Exhibit 10 to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter
                     ended September 28, 1996)
 
           10      Second Amendment, dated February 10, 1997, to the Credit Agreement (filed as Exhibit               *
                     10 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December
                     31, 1996)
 
           10      Third Amendment, dated June 23, 1997, to the Credit Agreement (filed as Exhibit 10.1               *
                     to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 1-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June
                     28, 1997)
 
           10      Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated January 12, 1998
 
           11      Computation of Earnings Per Share (years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995--see               *
                     Note 4 of the Company's 1997 Annual Report)
 
           13      Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
                     covering the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1996
 
         13.1      Consolidated Financial Statements as of December 31, 1997 and 1996
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
 
                           DAMARK INTERNATIONAL, INC.
 
                                EXHIBIT INDEX TO
 
                           ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
 
                  FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                               PAGE IN
 REGULATION S-K                                                                                              SEQUENTIAL
  EXHIBIT TABLE                                                                                               NUMBERING
    REFERENCE                                        TITLE OF DOCUMENT                                         SYSTEM
- -----------------  -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  -----------------
<S>                <C>                                                                                    <C>
           21      Subsidiaries of DAMARK International, Inc. (filed as Exhibit 21 to the Company's                   *
                     Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996)
 
           23      Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP
 
           24      Powers of Attorney
 
           27      Financial Data Schedule
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
* Document has been incorporated by reference

<PAGE>
              ASSIGNMENT OF STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT


     THIS ASSIGNMENT OF STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT is made and entered into as of
January 30, 1998, between MARK A. COHN ("Cohn") and DAMARK INTERNATIONAL, INC.,
a Minnesota corporation ("Damark").

                            RECITALS

     WHEREAS, Cohn and David A. Russ ("Russ") entered into that certain Stock
Option Agreement, dated March 1, 1991, as amended as of March 2, 1991 and as
further amended as of June 1, 1995 (the "Option Agreement"); and

     WHEREAS, as of the date hereof, 456,548 shares of Class A Common Stock of
Damark held of record by Russ (the "Option Shares") remain subject purchase by
Cohn under the Option Agreement at a purchase price determined as set forth
therein; and

     WHEREAS, Cohn wishes to assign and transfer all of his rights and
obligations under the Option Agreement to Damark, and Damark wishes to accept
such assignment,

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and
valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby
acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

     1.   ASSIGNMENT AND TRANSFER.  Cohn hereby assigns and transfers to Damark
all of his rights and obligations under the Option Agreement, including without
limitation the right and obligation to purchase and pay for the Option Shares
at the time and in the manner set forth in the Option Agreement.

     2.   ACCEPTANCE OF ASSIGNMENT.  By acceptance of this Assignment, Damark
hereby accepts the assignment and transfer set forth herein and agrees to be
bound by each of the terms, covenants and conditions of the Option Agreement.

     3.   PROXY AGREEMENT.  The Irrevocable Proxy Agreement dated March 1, 1991
between Cohn and Russ will remain in full force and effect, and Cohn agrees to
vote the Option Shares at the 1998 annual meeting of the shareholders of Damark
in accordance with the recommendations of the Board of Directors of Damark.

     4.   FURTHER ASSURANCES.  From time to time at the request of Damark and
without further consideration, Cohn shall execute and deliver such other
instruments of transfer, conveyance and assignment in addition to this
Assignment and take such other action as Damark may reasonably require to more
effectively transfer, convey and assign to and vest in Damark the rights and
obligations transferred hereby.

<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Cohn has executed this Assignment as of the day and
year set forth above.




                                   -------------------------------------
                                   Mark A. Cohn

                                   DAMARK INTERNATIONAL, INC.



                                   -------------------------------------
                                   By:  Kim H. Plahn
                                   Its: Vice President - Finance

The undersigned, David A. Russ, hereby consents and agrees to the above
Assignment of Stock Option Agreement as of this _____ day of February 1998.



                                   -------------------------------------
                                   David A. Russ

                                       2


<PAGE>

                           DAMARK INTERNATIONAL, INC.

                         EMPLOYEE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
                             (NON-STATUTORY OPTION)



Date:  January 30, 1998

Name of Optionee:  Mark A. Cohn

Total shares of Class A Common Stock
purchasable under this Option:     400,000 shares

Option price:  $10.00 per share

Option expiration date:  January 29, 2007

The Option to purchase the first 80,000 of such shares
     is not exercisable prior to January 30, 1999.

The Option to purchase the second 80,000 of such shares
     is not exercisable prior to January 30, 2000.

The Option to purchase the third 80,000 of such shares      
     is not exercisable prior to January 30, 2001.

The Option to purchase the fourth 80,000 of such shares
     is not exercisable prior to January 30, 2002.

The Option to purchase the fifth 80,000 of such shares      
     is not exercisable prior to January 30, 2003.


     DAMARK INTERNATIONAL, INC. (the "Company") hereby grants to the above named
optionee (the "Optionee"), the above-described option (the "Option") to purchase
shares of Class A Common Stock of the Company (the "Common Stock") at the price
set forth above, on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

     1.   The Option shall vest and become exercisable in installments to the
extent and on the dates set forth above, if the Optionee is an employee of the
Company or any Subsidiary on such date or on such earlier date or dates as may
hereafter be designated by the Committee.  The Option shall vest and become
exercisable in full at the earliest of the following times if the Optionee is an
employee of the Company or any Subsidiary at such time:  (i) the Optionee's

                                       1

<PAGE>

normal retirement date pursuant to the retirement plan of the Company or its
Subsidiary applicable to the Optionee, (ii) the Optionee's death or disability,
or (iii) five years from the date hereof.

     2.   The Option and all rights hereunder, to the extent such rights shall
not have been exercised, shall terminate and become null and void ninety (90)
days after the Optionee ceases to be an employee of the Company or any
Subsidiary (whether by resignation, retirement, dismissal or otherwise), except
that, in the event the Optionee's employment is terminated as a result of
disability (as defined in the Plan) or death, the Optionee or his legal
representative shall be entitled to exercise the Option within one hundred
eighty (180) days after the date of such disability or death, but in no event
after the expiration date set forth above.  In no event may the Option be
exercised after the Option expiration date.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the
Option may in no event be exercised by anyone to any extent in the event of a
voluntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the affairs of the Company,
after the close of business on the later of (i) the date of the twentieth day
after the mailing of written notice of such dissolution, liquidation or winding
up, and (ii) the record date for determination of holders of Common Stock
entitled to participate therein.

     3.   If an Optionee desires to exercise all or part of Optionee's currently
exercisable Option, the Optionee shall deliver the attached form or such other
form as hereinafter prescribed by the Committee (the "Exercise Notice"), to the
office of the Chief Financial Officer of the Company in Minneapolis, Minnesota,
specifying the number of shares of the Company's Common Stock being purchased by
exercising the Option (the "Purchased Shares") and the method of payment.  Each
Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment in full of the purchase price of
such shares, the amount of federal, state and local tax which the Company is
required by law or believes appropriate to withhold and the cost of any
applicable state or federal documentary tax stamps.  Payment of such amounts may
be made by any of the following methods as the Optionee may elect:

          a.   cashier's or certified check for such amounts;    

          b.   subject to the approval of the Committee, delivery to the Company
     with the Exercise Notice of shares of the Company's Common Stock which have
     been held by the Optionee for at least six months having a fair market
     value (as determined by the Committee) as of the date the Company receives
     the Exercise Notice equal to such amounts due from the Optionee;

          c.   subject to the approval of the Committee, delivery to the Company
     with the Exercise Notice, subject to such procedures as the Committee may
     establish, of irrevocable instructions to a broker, which instructions and
     broker are acceptable to the Company, to promptly deliver to the Company an
     amount sufficient to pay such amounts from either (i) the proceeds of sale
     through such broker of a sufficient number of the Purchased Shares or (ii)
     the proceeds from a loan by such broker to the Optionee on the Purchased
     Shares and any other securities which the Optionee may have in his account


                                       2

<PAGE>

     with such broker, and, if the method of payment as is set forth in this
     paragraph 3(b), the Company will promptly deliver the Purchased Shares
     directly to such broker,

provided that, if the Optionee is, at the time the Option is exercised, subject
to Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the
Optionee may only utilize the method of payment set forth in paragraphs 3(b) or
3(c) during the period beginning on the third business day and ending on the
twelfth business day following the release of the Company's quarterly earnings
if, in each case, the Optionee would not be subject to liability under said
Section 16(b) by reason of exercising the Option.

     4.   During the Optionee's lifetime, the Option shall be exercisable only
by the Optionee, and neither the Option nor any right hereunder shall be
transferable except by will or laws of descent and distribution, or be subject
to attachment, execution or other similar process.  In the event of any attempt
by the Optionee to alienate, assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of
the Option or any right hereunder, except as provided herein, or in the event of
the levy of any attachment, execution or similar process upon the rights or
interest hereby conferred, the Company may terminate this Agreement by notice to
the Optionee and this Agreement and the Option shall thereupon become null and
void.

     5.   Neither the granting of the Option nor the exercise thereof shall be
construed as conferring upon the Optionee any right to continue in the
employee's current position or in the employment of the Company or any of its
affiliates, or as interfering with or restricting in any way the right of such
corporations to terminate such office or employment at any time.

     6.   Neither the Optionee nor any person entitled to exercise his rights in
the event of his death or disability shall have any of the rights of a
stockholder with respect to the shares subject to the Option, except to the
extent that certificates for such shares shall have been issued upon exercise of
the Option as provided for herein.

     7.   The Company is relieved from any liability for the non-issuance or
non-transfer or any delay in the issuance or transfer of any shares of Common
Stock subject to the Option which result from the inability of the Company to
obtain, or any delay in obtaining, from each regulatory body having
jurisdiction, all requisite authority to issue or transfer shares of Common
Stock of the Company in satisfaction of the Option as counsel for the Company
deems necessary for the lawful issuance or transfer of any such shares.

     8.   No Common Stock acquired by exercise of the Option shall be sold or
otherwise disposed of in violation of any federal or state securities law or
regulation.

     9.   The Option shall be exercised in accordance with such administrative
regulations as the Committee may from time to time adopt.  All decisions of the
Committee upon any question arising under the Plan or under this instrument
shall be conclusive and binding upon the Optionee and all other persons.


                                       3

<PAGE>

     10.  Upon a Change of Control (as defined herein) all of the shares of
Common Stock subject to this Option shall vest and become exercisable
immediately at the time of a Change of Control provided that the optionee is
employed by the Company at such time.  For purposes of this paragraph, a "Change
of Control" shall be deemed to occur if (i) any "Person" (as such term is used
in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934), except
for Mark A. Cohn or any person controlled by him, becomes a beneficial owner,
directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 35% of more of
the voting power of all of the Company's then outstanding securities, (ii) a
merger, consolidation or other corporation reorganization of the Company is
consummated and the shareholders of the Company immediately prior to the
consummation of such transaction own less than 50% of the voting power of the
outstanding shares of the entity resulting from such transaction immediately
after the consummation of such transaction, or (iii) all or substantially all of
the assets or business of the Company are sold.


                              DAMARK INTERNATIONAL, INC.



                              By                                   
                                -----------------------------------
                                Kim H. Plahn
                                Vice President - Finance


     The foregoing terms and conditions are hereby accepted and agreed, and
receipt of a copy of the Plan is hereby acknowledged.


                                                                   
                                -----------------------------------
                                Mark A. Cohn


                                      4
<PAGE>


                                OPTION EXERCISE FORM


Damark International, Inc.
7101 Winnetka Avenue North
Brooklyn Park, Minnesota 55428

Attention:  Chief Financial Officer


Dear Sir:

     I hereby exercise the following stock options granted by Damark
International, Inc. (the "Company") pursuant to a Stock Option Agreement dated
January 30, 1998, between the Company and Mark A. Cohn:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

   Date of        Options         Exercise                     Number of   
    Grant         Awarded          Price                   Shares Exercised
   -------        -------         --------                 ----------------
   <S>            <C>             <C>                      <C>






</TABLE>

     As payment for the exercise of the above listed stock options and for the
amount of federal, state and local tax which the Company is required by law or
believes appropriate to withhold and the cost of any applicable state or federal
documentary tax stamps, I am enclosing and elect the following method of payment
(check appropriate box) subject to the approval of the Company in each case
except the first method of payment:

- ----      Cashier's or certified check in the amount of $_________.
- ----            

- ----
- ----      Shares of the Company's Common Stock which have been held by me for at
          least six months and which are valued at fair market value listed
          below.
            

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Certificate     Acquisition                       Fair Market
  Number           Date         Number of Shares     Value   
- -----------     -----------     ----------------  -----------
<S>             <C>             <C>               <C>






</TABLE>

     NOTE:  All shares of Common Stock must be transferred to Damark
     International, Inc. on the reverse side of each certificate.


                                       5

<PAGE>


- ----       
- ----      Irrevocable instructions, a copy of which is attached  hereto and is
          subject to the Company's approval, to my broker who must be acceptable
          to you to promptly deliver to the Company an amount sufficient to pay
          such amounts from either (i) the proceeds of sale through the broker
          of a sufficient number of shares purchased by me upon exercise of the
          Option as set forth above or (ii) the loan proceeds from borrowings by
          me from the broker, and the Company is hereby instructed to issue and
          deliver the shares purchased by me upon exercise of the option as set
          forth above directly to and in the name of the broker.

     Unless the third payment option above is selected, in which case the shares
will be issued and delivered as described therein, please have _____
certificates issued in blocks of ________ shares per certificate and the
certificates should be registered as follows:

          Name ___________________________________________________

          Mailing Address ________________________________________
                          ________________________________________

          Social Security Number _________________________________



                              Very truly yours,



                              ____________________________________
                              Signature of Optionee
                              Name of Optionee:___________________
                                (Print)



                                       6

<PAGE>


                           DAMARK INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                 1998 NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS STOCK PURCHASE PLAN


     1.   PURPOSE

     The purpose of the Damark International, Inc. 1998 Non-Employee Directors
Stock Purchase Plan (the "Plan") is to secure for Damark International, Inc.
(the "Corporation") and its stockholders the benefits of the incentive inherent
in increased ownership of common stock, par value $.01 per share (the "Common
Stock"), of the Corporation by the non-employee members of the Board of
Directors (the "Board") of the Corporation. It is expected that such ownership
will provide non-employer Directors with a more direct stake in the future
welfare of the Corporation and encourage them to remain directors of the
Corporation.

     2.   ADMINISTRATION

     This Plan shall be administered by the Board or by such person or 
persons designated by the Board.  (All references herein to the "Board" shall 
be deemed to include the Board's designees).  The Board shall have all the 
powers vested in it by the terms of this Plan.  Subject to the provisions of 
this Plan, the Board shall have the power to construe this Plan, to determine 
all questions arising hereunder, and to adopt and amend such rules and 
regulations for the administration of this Plan as it may deem desirable.  
Any decision of the Board in the administration of this Plan, as described 
herein, shall be final and conclusive.  The Board may act only by a majority 
of its members (or a majority of the members of any Committee designated by 
the Board to administer the Plan). The members of the Board may authorize any 
one or more of their number or the Secretary or any other officer of the 
Corporation to execute, prepare and deliver documents on behalf of the Board. 
 No member of the Board shall be liable for anything done or omitted to be 
done by such member or by any other member of the Board in connection with 
this Plan, except for such member's own willful misconduct or as expressly 
provided by statute.

     3.   AMOUNT OF STOCK

     The stock which may be issued and sold under this Plan shall not exceed
50,000 shares of Common Stock, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 7. 
The Common Stock to be issued may be either authorized and unissued shares or
issued shares acquired by the Corporation.

     4.   ELIGIBILITY TO PURCHASE COMMON STOCK

     Each non-employee Director shall be eligible to purchase shares of Common
Stock under this Plan in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 5.


<PAGE>


     5.   PROCEDURE FOR PURCHASING COMMON STOCK

     (a)  Each non-employee Director shall have the right to purchase Common
Stock under this Plan by stating in a writing filed with the Manager-Financial
Reporting of the Corporation (the "Notice"), the number of shares of Common
Stock he wishes to purchase (the "Share Amount"), provided that the maximum
purchase by a Director in any month shall be 5,000 shares.  The date such Notice
and a check in an amount equal to the then current Market Value of the Share
Amount are properly delivered to the Manager-Financial Reporting of the
Corporation is hereinafter referred to as the "Notice Delivery Date".

     (b)  The number of shares of Common Stock to be issued to a Director who
delivers the Notice to the Manager-Financial Reporting of the Corporation
specifying a Dollar Amount for his desired purchase shall be determined based on
the Market Value (as hereinafter defined in Section 6) of a share of Common
Stock on the Notice Delivery Date, subject to adjustment as provided in Section
7.

     (c)  In the event that Notices are received for an aggregate number of
shares in excess of the number of shares remaining available under this Plan
(after limiting purchases in any month as described in clause (a) above), any
Director shall receive that number of shares that bears the same ratio to total
available shares as that Director's requested shares bear to total requested
shares.

     (d)  The number of shares issued shall be rounded to the nearest whole
number, and any excess funds shall be returned to the Director.  If the check
delivered pursuant to clause (a) is insufficient because of a change in the
Market Value of the Share Amount, the Director shall promptly pay the amount of
any insufficiency to the Company upon notice thereof.

     6.   PURCHASE PRICE

     The purchase price per share shall be determined by averaging the last
reported sale price per share of the Common Stock for the twenty (20) trading
days preceding the Notice Delivery Date, subject to adjustment as provided in
Section 7.

     7.   ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION

     (a)  If the outstanding Common Stock is hereafter changed by reason of
reorganization, merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reclassification, stock
split-up, forward or reverse stock split, combination, exchange of shares, or
the like, or dividends payable in shares of the Common Stock, an appropriate
adjustment shall be made by the Board in the aggregate number of shares of
Common Stock available under this Plan and in the number of shares of Common
Stock issued under this Plan.


                                      2

<PAGE>


     (b)  Any adjustment in the number of shares shall apply proportionately. 
If a fraction of a share would result from any such adjustment, the adjustment
shall be revised to the next higher whole number of shares.

     8.   MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

     (a)  Except as expressly provided for in this Plan, no Director or other
person shall have any claim or right to purchase Common Stock under this Plan. 
Neither this Plan nor any action taken hereunder shall be construed as giving
any Director any right to be retained in the service of the Corporation or to
continue service as a Director.

     (b)  The Corporation shall not be obligated to deliver any shares of 
Common Stock hereunder until they have been listed on each securities 
exchange on which the Common Stock may then be listed, or until there has 
been qualification under or compliance with such state or federal laws, rules 
or regulations as the Corporation may deem applicable.

     (c)  It shall be a condition to the obligation of the Corporation to 
issue shares of Common Stock that the Director pay to the Corporation, upon 
its demand, such amount as shall equal the Purchase Price, and as may be 
requested by the Corporation for the purpose of satisfying any liability to 
withhold federal, state, local or foreign income or other taxes.  If the 
amount requested is not paid, the Corporation may refuse to issue shares of 
Common Stock.

     (d)  The expenses of this Plan shall be borne by the Corporation.

     (e)  To the extent not preempted by federal law, this Plan, and all
agreements hereunder, shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the
laws of the State of Minnesota.

     9.   AMENDMENT OR DISCONTINUANCE

     The Plan may be amended at any time and from time to time by the Board as
the Board shall deem advisable including, but not limited to, amendments
necessary to qualify for any exemption or to comply with applicable law or
regulations.

     10.  COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 16(b) OF THE ACT

     It is the intent of the Corporation that this Plan and any Common Stock 
issued hereunder satisfy and be interpreted in a manner that satisfies the 
applicable requirements of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934, as amended (the "Act"), and Rule 16b-3 thereunder, so that such persons 
will be entitled to the benefits of Rule 16b-3 or other exemptive rules under 
Section 16 of the Act and will not be subjected to liability thereunder.  If 
any provision of this Plan would otherwise conflict with the intent expressed 
herein, that provision, to the extent possible, shall be interpreted and 
deemed amended so as to avoid such conflict.  To the extent 


                                      3

<PAGE>


of any remaining irreconcilable conflict with such intent, such provision 
shall be deemed void as applicable to persons who are or may be subject to 
Section 16 of the Act.

     11.  TERMINATION

     The Plan shall terminate upon the earlier to occur of (a) the adoption of a
resolution of the Board terminating this Plan and (b) January 29, 2008.

     12.  EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN

     The Plan shall be deemed effective as of January 30, 1998.


                                      4




<PAGE>

                   AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

                                     -oOo-


     This Amended and Restated Employment Agreement (the "Agreement") is
entered into as of January 2, 1998, between DAMARK INTERNATIONAL, INC., a
Minnesota corporation (including its subsidiaries, the "Company"), located in
Minneapolis, Minnesota, and MARK A. COHN ("Executive").

                                   RECITALS:

     A.   The Company currently employs the Executive as its Chairman and Chief
Executive Officers pursuant to an Employment Agreement dated as of August 12,
1992, as amended by an Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of July 17,
1995 (the "Employment Agreement").

     B.   In connection with the direction of the Board of Directors of the
Company to provide certain severance benefits and change of control protections
to the executives of the Company, the Company and the Executive wish to amend
and restate the Employment Agreement in its entirety so as to provide those
benefits and protections at a level appropriate to the Executive.

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and for other good and
valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby
acknowledged, the Company and the Executive agree as follows:

     1.   DEFINITIONS.  The following terms as used herein shall have the
following meanings:

     (a)       "Annual Bonus" means the cash annual bonus based on the
achievement by the Company of performance goals or any short term incentive or
bonus plan established by the Board of Directors or the Compensation Committee
of the Board of Directors from time to time.

     (b)       "Base Salary" means the base salary payable to the Executive
pursuant to paragraph 2(c).

<PAGE>

          (c)  "Cause" means termination of the Executive in the event that 
the Executive: (i) has repeatedly failed to perform the material duties 
specified for the position to which the Executive has been elected, which 
failure is willful and deliberate; (ii) has engaged in an act or acts of 
dishonesty which is or are intended to result in substantial personal 
enrichment for the Executive; (iii) has knowingly engaged in conduct which is 
materially injurious to the Company; (iv) is convicted of, or pleads NOLO 
CONTENDERE to (A) any felony (other than any felony arising out of 
negligence), or (B) any crime or offense involving dishonesty with respect to 
the Company; (v) has failed to comply with the covenants contained in 
paragraphs 9, 11 and 12 of this Agreement as determined in accordance with 
paragraph 14 hereof; or (vi) knowingly provides materially misleading 
information concerning the Company to the Board of Directors of the Company, 
any governmental body or regulatory agency or any lender or other financing 
source or proposed financing source of the Company.

          (d)  A "Change in Control" shall be deemed to have occurred if:

               (i)   any "Person" or "Persons" (as such term is used in 
Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) (other than 
the Company, any employee benefit plan of the Company, the Executive or any 
entity which reports beneficial ownership of the Company's outstanding 
securities on Schedule 13G pursuant to Regulation Section 240.13d-1 
promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) becomes a beneficial 
owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 35% 
or more of the voting power of all of the Company's then outstanding 
securities; or

               (ii)  during any period of two consecutive years, individuals 
who at the beginning of such period constituted the Board of Directors of the 
Company (the "Incumbent Directors") together with any director (the "New 
Incumbent Director") whose nomination or election was approved by at least 
two-thirds of the Incumbent Directors and any New Incumbent Director who was 
previously elected, cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of 
the Board of Directors of the Company; or

               (iii) the shareholders of the Company approve the sale of all, 
or substantially all, of the business or assets of the Company or the 
liquidation or dissolution of the Company, or the shareholders of the Company 
approve the merger, consolidation or other corporate reorganization of the 
Company under circumstances in which the Company will not be the surviving 
party.

         (e)   "Confidential Information" means any information which is 
proprietary or unique to the Company, including but not limited to trade 
secret information, matters of a technical nature such as processes, devices, 
techniques, data and formulas, research subjects and results, marketing 
methods, plans and strategies, operations, products, revenues, expenses, 
profits, sales, key personnel, customers, suppliers, pricing policies, any 
information concerning the marketing and other business affairs and methods 
of the Company which is not readily available in the Company's industry, and 
any information the Company has indicated is confidential.

                                       2
<PAGE>

          (f)  "Good Reason" means termination by the Executive in the event 
that (i) the Executive is not at all times the duly elected to the positions 
of the Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company (with 
such changes as the Executive may agree in writing); (ii) there is any 
material reduction in the scope of the Executive's authority and 
responsibility; (iii) there is a reduction in the Executive's Base Salary, a 
material reduction in the amount of Annual Bonus for which the Executive is 
eligible, an amendment to any Stock Incentives or employee retirement plan 
applicable to the Executive which is materially adverse to the Executive, or 
a material reduction in the other benefits to which the Executive is 
entitled; (iv) the Company requires the Executive's principal place of 
employment to be anywhere other than the Company's principal executive 
offices, or there is a relocation of the Company's principal executive 
offices outside of Minneapolis/St. Paul, Minnesota metropolitan area; (v) the 
Company otherwise fails to perform its obligations under this Agreement; (vi) 
a Change in Control has occurred and either (x) the Executive dies or becomes 
permanently disabled (as determined by reference to the Company's long-term 
disability plan) prior to the first anniversary of the Change in Control or 
(y) elects to terminate employment with the Company regardless of the reason 
therefor by giving the Company written notice thereof within the 60-day 
period immediately following the first anniversary of the Change in Control, 
regardless of the reason therefor, or (vii) the Company fails to obtain the 
agreement of a successor referred by paragraph 18 hereof prior to the 
effectiveness of any succession (unless the opinion described in paragraph 18 
hereof is rendered to the Executive).

          (g)  "Stock Incentives" means stock options, restricted stock, 
stock appreciation rights, stock performance units or other stock incentives 
granted to the Executive by the Compensation Committee of the Board of 
Directors under any stock-based plan from time to time adopted by the Company.

          (h)  "Termination Date" means the date on which the Executive 
ceases to be an employee of the Company.

          (i)  "Work Product" means all inventions, creations, innovations, 
improvements, technical information, systems, software developments, methods, 
designs, analyses, drawings, reports, service marks, trademarks, tradenames, 
logos and all similar or related information (whether patentable or 
unpatentable) which relate to the Company's actual or anticipated business, 
research and development or existing or future products or services which are 
conceived, developed or made by the Executive (whether or not during usual 
business hours and whether or not alone or in conjunction with any other 
person) while employed by the Company (including those conceived, developed 
or made prior to the date of this Agreement), together with all patent 
applications, letters patent, trademark, tradename and service mark 
applications or registrations, copyrights and reissues thereof that may be 
granted for or upon any of the foregoing.

                                       3
<PAGE>

     2.   EMPLOYMENT AND DUTIES; TERM OF EMPLOYMENT; COMPENSATION.

          (a)  EMPLOYMENT AND DUTIES.  For the term stated in paragraph 2(b), 
the Company hereby agrees to employ the Executive, and the Executive hereby 
accepts employment, to perform the duties and responsibilities of a chairman, 
president and chief executive officer, together with such other 
responsibilities as are consistent with such position and as are assigned by 
the Board of Directors from time to time, and to serve as the Chairman, 
President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, subject at all times to 
the performance by the Board of Directors of the Company of its 
responsibilities with regard to the management and affairs of the Company.  
The Executive agrees to devote his full business time and effort to the 
diligent and faithful performance of his duties under the direction of the 
Board of Directors of the Company.  Such duties shall be performed from the 
Company's principal executive office in Minneapolis, Minnesota.

          (b)  TERM OF EMPLOYMENT.  Unless terminated as provided herein, the 
term of this Agreement shall commence on the date hereof and shall continue 
through December 31, 2000, provided that the term shall be automatically 
extended for one year on each January 1st, commencing January 1, 1999, unless 
either party gives written notice to the other prior to the date on which the 
automatic extension would be effective.

          (c)  BASE SALARY.  As compensation for his services, Cohn shall be 
paid a base salary at a minimum annual rate of $475,000 payable in accordance 
with the Company's customary payroll practices, which salary shall be 
reviewed and may be increased (but not decreased without the Executive's 
written consent) from time to time at the discretion of the Compensation 
Committee of the Board of Directors.

          (d)  ANNUAL BONUS.  In addition to his Base Salary, the Executive
also shall be eligible to receive an Annual Bonus.

          (e)  OTHER BENEFITS.  The Executive shall be entitled to 
participate in the Company's regular health, life, pension, vacation and 
disability plans in accordance with their respective terms, provided that 
nothing herein shall be construed to limit the Company's discretion to amend, 
terminate or otherwise modify any such plans.  The Company will also provide 
(i) such employee benefits to the Executive in respect of his employment as 
the Company customarily provides from time to time to its executive officers, 
and (ii) a car allowance to the Executive of $1,500 per month.

     3.   TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT PRIOR TO A CHANGE IN CONTROL OF THE
COMPANY.

          (a)  DEATH OR DISABILITY.  In the event of the Executive's death or 
disability (as defined in the Company's disability plan then in effect), the 
Company's obligation to make further Base Salary payments hereunder shall 
thereupon terminate.  The Executive shall be entitled to receive (i) the 
Annual Bonus payable with respect to the year prior to death or disability if 
it has not yet been paid, and (ii) the Annual Bonus payable with respect to 
the year 

                                       4
<PAGE>

in which death or disability occurs, prorated for the portion of such year up 
to the Termination Date which shall be payable at the time the Annual Bonus 
for such year is paid to other executives of the Company.  The Executive's 
rights to other compensation and benefits shall be determined under the then 
effective benefit plans and policies of the Company applicable to executives.

          (b)  TERMINATION FOR CAUSE BY THE COMPANY.  By following the 
procedure set forth in paragraph 4(d), the Company shall have the right to 
terminate the employment of the Executive for Cause.  If the employment of 
the Executive is terminated by the Company for Cause, the Executive's rights 
to compensation and benefits shall be determined under the Company's benefit 
plans and policies applicable to executives of the Company then in effect.  
The Executive shall have no right to severance benefits under this paragraph 
3, but shall continue to be obligated under paragraphs 9, 11 and 12 hereof.  
The Executive shall have the right to continue health and life insurance 
under COBRA laws in effect on the Termination Date.

          (c)  TERMINATION WITHOUT CAUSE.  If the Company terminates the 
Executive without Cause, the Executive shall be entitled to the severance 
benefits described in paragraph 3(g).

          (d)  TERMINATION FOR GOOD REASON BY THE EXECUTIVE.  By following 
the procedure set forth in paragraph 4(d), the Executive shall have the right 
to terminate his employment with the Company for Good Reason.  If the 
employment of the Executive is terminated by the Executive for Good Reason, 
the Executive shall be entitled to the severance benefits set forth in 
paragraph 3(g).

          (e)  VOLUNTARY RESIGNATION.  The Executive may voluntarily 
terminate his employment without Good Reason prior to the expiration of the 
term of this Agreement by giving the Company at least sixty (60) days prior 
written notice or such shorter period of time as the Company's Board of 
Directors may determine.  In the event the Executive voluntarily resigns, (i) 
the Executive's rights to further Base Salary payments and the Annual Bonus 
(except for the Annual Bonus prorated for the portion of the year up to the 
Termination Date which prorata amount shall be paid at the time the annual 
bonus are paid to other executives of the Company) shall terminate on the 
effective date of such resignation, (ii) the Executive's rights to other 
compensation and benefits shall be determined under the benefit plans and 
policies applicable to the Company's executives as then in effect, and (iii) 
the Executive shall continue to be obligated under paragraphs 9, 11 and 12 
hereof.

          (f)  NOTICE AND RIGHT TO CURE.  If the Company proposes to 
terminate the employment of the Executive for Cause under paragraph 3(b), the 
Company shall give written notice to the Executive specifying the reasons for 
such proposed termination with particularity and, in the case of a 
termination for Cause under clauses (i), (ii), (iii) and (vi) of the 
definition thereof, the Executive shall have a reasonable opportunity to 
correct any curable situation to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company, 
which period shall be no less than 10 days from the Executive's receipt of 
the notice of proposed termination nor longer than the period specified in 

                                       5
<PAGE>

such notice.  Termination for Cause shall be effective as specified in 
paragraph 20 or, in the case of termination for Cause under clauses (i), 
(ii), (iii) and (vi) of the definition thereof, following the period of the 
opportunity to correct if no correction has been made.

          (g)  SEVERANCE BENEFITS UPON TERMINATION.  If the Executive's 
employment is terminated without Cause by the Company or for Good Reason by 
the Executive prior to a Change in Control, the Executive shall be entitled 
to the following severance compensation and benefits:

               (i)    BASE SALARY.   The Company shall pay the Executive the 
Executive's Base Salary for a period of 36 months from the Termination Date 
in accordance with the Company's normal salary payment practices.

               (ii)   BONUS.  If the Termination Date occurs before the 
Annual Bonus for any preceding year has been paid, the Company shall pay to 
the Executive the amount of the Executive's Annual Bonus for the preceding 
year when and as it would have been paid if the Executive had remained 
employed by the Company.  In addition, the Company shall pay the Executive an 
amount equal to the average of the Annual Bonus paid or payable to the 
Executive for the two years immediately preceding the year in which the 
termination occurs multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the 
number of months remaining in the term of this Agreement after the end of the 
last year for which Annual Bonus for the Executive was determined and the 
denominator of which is 12, which amount of Annual Bonus shall be paid to the 
Executive when and as it would have been paid if the Executive had remained 
employed by the Company.

               (iii)  DISABILITY, LIFE INSURANCE AND MEDICAL/DENTAL COVERAGE; 
NO UNPAID VACATION OR SICK LEAVE.  The Company, shall continue the 
disability, life insurance and medical/dental coverage provided to the 
Executive immediately prior to the Termination Date, subject to then existing 
Executive contribution requirements.  Such coverage shall be provided through 
the earlier to occur of the third anniversary of the Termination Date or the 
date on which the Executive obtains comparable coverage provided by a new 
employer.  If and to the extent additional benefits are available, the 
Executive has the right to continue health and life insurance benefits under 
COBRA laws in effect on the Termination Date.  The Executive shall not be 
deemed to have and shall not be paid for any unpaid vacation or sick leave.

               (iv)   STOCK INCENTIVES.  The Executive's rights and the 
Company's obligations with respect to Stock Incentives shall be as described 
in the applicable Company plan and the applicable separate agreements with 
the Executive, provided that in no event shall the payment of severance 
benefits hereunder be deemed to be an extension of Executive's employment for 
purposes of the vesting provisions of such plans and agreements.


                                       6
<PAGE>

               (v)    OUTPLACEMENT SERVICES.  The Company shall pay the 
reasonable fees and expenses of up to 10% of the Executive's Base Salary for 
the Executive's use of a qualified outplacement service, provided that the 
use of such outplacement counseling is initiated within 90 days of the 
Termination Date.

               (vi)   WITHHOLDING.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary 
herein, the Company shall withhold from all severance benefits payable 
hereunder the sum of federal, state and local taxes and other amounts which 
the Company is required by law or believes appropriate to withhold.

               (vii)  REIMBURSEMENT OF BUSINESS EXPENSES.  The Company will 
reimburse the Executive for all business expenses incurred prior to the 
Termination Date at the time and in the manner consistent with Company policy.

     4.   TERMINATION FOLLOWING A CHANGE IN CONTROL OF THE COMPANY.  In the
event of a Change in Control and within (and including) 24 months thereafter,
the following provisions shall apply:

          (a)  TERMINATION FOR CAUSE BY THE COMPANY.  By following the 
procedure set forth in paragraph 4(d)(i), the Company shall have the right to 
terminate the employment of the Executive for Cause.  If the employment of 
the Executive is terminated by the Company for Cause, the Executive's rights 
to compensation and benefits shall be determined under the Company's benefit 
plans and policies applicable to executives of the Company then in effect.

          (b)  TERMINATION FOR GOOD REASON BY THE EXECUTIVE.  By following 
the procedure set forth in paragraph 4(d)(ii), the Executive shall have the 
right to terminate the Executive's employment with the Company for Good 
Reason and shall be entitled to the severance benefits set forth in 
paragraph 4(e).

          (c)  TERMINATION WITHOUT CAUSE; VOLUNTARY RESIGNATION.  If the 
Company terminates the Executive's employment without Cause, the Executive 
shall be entitled to the severance benefits set forth in paragraph 4(e).  The 
Executive may voluntarily terminate his employment without Good Reason (other 
than as provided in paragraph 4(b)) prior to the expiration of the term of 
this Agreement, and in such event the Executive's rights to further Base 
Salary payments and Annual Bonus (except Annual Bonus prorated to the 
Termination Date) shall terminate on the effective date of such resignation, 
the Executive's rights to other compensation and benefits shall be determined 
under the benefit plans and policies applicable to the Company's executives 
as then in effect, and the Executive shall continue to be obligated under 
paragraphs 9, 11 and 12 hereof.


                                       7
<PAGE>

          (d)  NOTICE AND RIGHT TO CURE.

               (i)    TERMINATION BY COMPANY FOR CAUSE.  If the Company 
proposes to terminate the employment of the Executive for Cause, the Company 
shall give written notice to the Executive specifying the reasons for such 
proposed termination with particularity and, in the case of a termination for 
Cause under clause (i) of the definition thereof, the Executive shall have a 
reasonable opportunity to correct any curable situation to the reasonable 
satisfaction of the Board of Directors of the Company, which period shall be 
no less than 30 days from the Executive's receipt of the notice of proposed 
termination.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive's employment shall 
not be terminated for Cause unless and until there shall be delivered to the 
Executive a copy of the resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of 
not less than the majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the 
Company at a meeting called and held for the purpose (after reasonable notice 
to the Executive and an opportunity for the Executive, together with the 
Executive's legal counsel, to be heard before the Board of Directors) finding 
that, in the opinion of the Company's Board of Directors, the Executive has 
engaged in conduct justifying a termination for Cause.

               (ii)   TERMINATION BY EXECUTIVE FOR GOOD REASON.  If the 
Executive proposes to terminate the Executive's employment for Good Reason 
(other than a termination for Good Reason under clause (vi) of the definition 
thereof), the Executive shall give written notice to the Company specifying 
the reason therefor with particularity.  In the event the Executive proposes 
to terminate employment for Good Reason under clauses (i), (ii), (iii), (iv) 
or (vii) of the definition thereof, the Termination Date shall be the date of 
such notice.  In the event the Executive proposes to terminate employment for 
Good Reason under clause (vi) of the definition thereof, the Termination Date 
shall be the tenth calendar day following such notice or, in the case of 
death or disability, the date on which the Executive dies or becomes 
disabled.  In the event the Executive proposes to terminate employment for 
Good Reason under clause (v) of the definition thereof, the Company will have 
an opportunity to correct any curable situation to the reasonable 
satisfaction of the Executive within the period of time specified in the 
Executive's notice which shall not be less than 30 days.  If such correction 
is not so made or the circumstances or situation is such that it is not 
curable, within 30 days after the expiration of the time so fixed within 
which to correct such situation, the Executive may give written notice to the 
Company that the Executive's employment is terminated for Good Reason and the 
Termination Date shall be the date of such notice.

          (e)  SEVERANCE BENEFITS FOR CHANGE IN CONTROL.

               (i)    BASE SALARY.   The Company shall pay the Executive a 
lump sum cash payment, no later than 10 days after the Termination Date, in 
an amount equal to the Executive's Base Salary multiplied by three.

               (ii)   ANNUAL BONUS.  The Company shall pay the Executive a 
lump sum cash payment, no later than 10 days after the Termination Date, in 
an amount equal to (a) the greater of (x) the product of 2 multiplied by the 
quotient obtained by dividing the sum of the 


                                       8
<PAGE>

Annual Bonuses, if any, paid to the Executive during the three calendar years 
immediately preceding the Termination Date by three (the "Prior Bonus 
Amount"), and (y) two times the Executive's target Annual Bonus for the 
current calendar year, assuming achievement of performance permitting payment 
of 100% of the target Annual Bonus, PLUS (b) the Executive's target Annual 
Bonus for the current calendar year, assuming achievement of performance 
permitting payment of 100% of the target Annual Bonus, pro rated for the 
number of calendar months (including any partial month as a full calendar 
month) preceding the Termination Date.  If the Annual Bonus for the calendar 
year immediately preceding the Termination Date has not been determined, the 
Company shall pay the Executive the target Annual Bonus for the current 
calendar year, calculate the Prior Bonus Amount as soon as practicable, and 
pay the Executive the Prior Bonus Amount promptly following calculation.

               (iii)  DISABILITY, LIFE INSURANCE AND MEDICAL/DENTAL COVERAGE; 
NO UNPAID VACATION OR SICK LEAVE.  The Company shall continue the disability, 
life insurance and medical/dental coverage provided to the Executive 
immediately prior to the Termination Date.  Such coverage shall be provided 
by the Company at its sole cost until the third anniversary of the 
Termination Date.  If and to the extent additional benefits are available, 
the Executive has the right to continue health and life insurance benefits 
under COBRA laws in effect on the Termination Date.  The Executive shall not 
be deemed to have and shall not be paid for any unpaid vacation or sick leave.

               (iv)   STOCK INCENTIVES.  Not later than 30 days after the 
Termination Date, the Company shall pay the Executive a lump sum cash payment 
equal to the amount by which the fair market value (determined as of the 
Termination Date) of the number of shares of stock subject to any Stock 
Incentive granted to the Executive is in excess of the exercise price or 
other amount of payment required to be made by the Executive thereunder, but 
only to the extent that the Executive is not entitled to exercise his Stock 
Incentives after the Termination Date under the provisions of the Executive's 
Stock Incentive agreements.

               (v)    OTHER DEFERRED BENEFITS.  Not later than 30 days after 
the Termination Date, the Company shall pay the Executive a lump sum cash 
payment in an amount equal to the sum of the unvested portion of all other 
deferred benefits, including without limitation deferred compensation, 
retirement and profit-sharing plans, but only to the extent that the 
Executive is not entitled to receive such benefits immediately following the 
Termination Date under the provisions of the applicable agreements.

               (vi)   OUTPLACEMENT SERVICES.  The Company shall pay 
reasonable fees and expenses, in an amount equal to 15% of the Executive's 
Base Salary, for the Executive's use of a qualified outplacement service, 
provided that the use of such outplacement counseling is initiated within one 
year of the Termination Date.


                                       9
<PAGE>

               (vii)  WITHHOLDING.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary 
herein, the Company shall withhold from all severance benefits payable 
hereunder the sum of federal, state and local taxes and other amounts which 
the Company is required by law or believes appropriate to withhold.

     5.   CERTAIN ADDITIONAL PAYMENTS BY THE COMPANY.

          (a)  GROSS-UP PAYMENT.  Anything to the contrary notwithstanding, 
in the event it shall be determined that any payment, distribution or benefit 
made or provided by the Company to or for the benefit of the Executive 
(whether pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise) (a "Payment"), would be 
subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue 
Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), or any interest or penalties with 
respect to such excise tax (such excise tax, together with any such interest 
and penalties, being collectively referred to as the "Excise Tax"), then the 
Company shall pay the Executive in cash an amount (the "Gross-Up Payment") 
such that, after payment by the Executive of all taxes (including any 
interest or penalties imposed with respect to such taxes), including but not 
limited to income taxes (and any interest and penalties imposed with respect 
thereto) and the Excise Tax imposed upon the Gross-Up Payment, the Executive 
retains an amount of the Gross-up Payment equal to the Excise Tax imposed on 
the Payments.  An example of the calculation of the Gross-Up Payment is 
attached hereto as Exhibit A.

          (b)  DETERMINATION OF GROSS-UP PAYMENT.  Subject to paragraph 5(c), 
all determinations required to be made under this paragraph 5, including 
whether a Gross-Up Payment is required and the amount of the Gross-Up 
Payment, shall be made by the firm of independent public accountants selected 
by the Company to audit its financial statements for the year immediately 
preceding the Change in Control (the "Accounting Firm") which shall provide 
detailed supporting calculations to the Company and the Executive within 30 
days after the Termination Date.  In the event that the Accounting Firm is 
serving as accountant or auditor for the individual, entity or group 
effecting the Change in Control, the Executive may appoint another nationally 
recognized accounting firm to make the determinations required under this 
paragraph 5 (which accounting firm shall then be referred to as the 
"Accounting Firm").  All fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm in 
connection with the work it performs pursuant to this paragraph 5 shall be 
promptly paid by the Company.  Any Gross-Up Payment (as determined pursuant 
to this paragraph 5) shall be paid by the Company to the Executive within 5 
days of the receipt of the Accounting Firm's determination.  If the 
Accounting Firm determines that no Excise Tax is payable by the Executive, it 
shall furnish the Executive with a written opinion that failure to report the 
Excise Tax on the Executive's applicable federal income tax return would not 
result in the imposition of a negligence or a similar penalty.  Any 
determination by the Accounting Firm shall be binding upon the Company and 
the Executive.  As a result of the uncertainty in the application of Section 
4999 of the Code at the time of the initial determination by the Accounting 
Firm, it is possible that Gross-Up Payments which will not have been made by 
the Company should have been made ("Underpayment").  In the event that the 
Company exhausts its remedies pursuant to paragraph 5(c), and the Executive 
is thereafter required to make a payment of Excise Tax, the Accounting Firm 
shall promptly determine the amount of the 


                                      10


<PAGE>

Underpayment that has occurred and any such Underpayment shall be paid by the 
Company to the Executive within 5 days after such determination.

         (c)  CONTEST.  The Executive shall notify the Company in writing of
any claim made by the Internal Revenue Service that, if successful, would
require the Company to pay a Gross-Up Payment.  Such notification shall be
given as soon as practicable but no later than 10 business days after the
Executive knows of such claim and shall apprise the Company of the nature of
such claim and the date on which such claim is requested to be paid.  The
Executive shall not pay such claim prior to the expiration of the 30-day period
following the date on which the Executive gives such notice to the Company (or
such shorter period ending on the date that any payment of taxes with respect
to such claim is due).  If the Company notifies the Executive in writing prior
to the expiration of such period that it desires to contest such claim, the
Employee shall:

              (i)   give the Company any information reasonably requested by
the Company relating to such claim;

              (ii)  take such action in connection with contesting such claim
as the Company shall reasonably request in writing from time to time, without
limitation, accepting legal representation with respect to such claim by an
attorney selected by the Company and reasonably acceptable to the Executive;

              (iii) cooperate with the Company in good faith in order to
effectively contest such claim;

              (iv)  permit the Company to participate in any proceedings
relating to such claim, provided that the Company shall bear and pay directly
all costs and expenses (including additional interest and penalties) incurred
in connection with such contest and shall indemnify and hold the Executive
harmless, on an after-tax basis, for any Excise Tax or income tax, including
interest and penalties with respect thereto, imposed as a result of such
representation and payment of costs and expenses.  Without limitation on the
foregoing provisions of this paragraph 5(c), the Company shall control all
proceedings taken in connection with such contest.  At its sole option, the
Company may pursue or forego any and all administrative appeals, proceedings,
hearings and conferences with the taxing authority in respect of such claim and
may either direct the Executive to pay the tax claimed and sue for a refund or
contest the claim in any permissible manner. The Executive agrees to prosecute
such contest to a determination before any administrative tribunal, in a court
of initial jurisdiction and in one or more appellate courts, as the Company
shall determine, provided that if the Company directs the Executive to pay such
claim and sue for a refund, the Company shall advance the amount of such
payment to the Executive, on an interest-free basis, from any Excise Tax or
income tax, including interest or penalties with respect thereto, imposed with
respect to such advance or with respect to any imputed income with respect to
such advance, and further provided that any extension of the statute of
limitations relating to payment of taxes for the taxable year of the Executive
with respect to which such contested amount is claimed to be due is limited
solely to such contested 

                                      11

<PAGE>

amount.  Furthermore, the Company's control of the contest shall be limited 
to issues with respect to which a Gross-Up Payment would be payable 
hereunder, and the Executive shall be entitled to settle or contest, as the 
case may be, any other issue raised by the Internal Revenue Service or any 
other taxing authority.

         (d)   REFUND. If, after the receipt by the Executive of an amount
advanced by the Company pursuant to paragraph 5(c), the Executive becomes
entitled to receive any refund with respect to such claim, the Executive shall
(subject to the Company's complying with the requirements of paragraph 5(c))
promptly pay to the Company the amount of such refund (together with any
interest paid or credited thereon after taxes applicable thereto).  If, after
the receipt by the Executive of an amount advanced by the Company pursuant to
paragraph 5(c), a determination is made that the Executive shall not be
entitled to any refund with respect to such claim and the Company does not
notify the Executive in writing of its intent to contest such denial of refund
prior to the expiration of 30 days after such determination, then such advance
shall be forgiven and shall not be required to be repaid and the amount of such
advance shall offset, to the extent thereof, the amount of Gross-Up Payment
required to be paid.

    6.    BENEFITS IN LIEU OF SEVERANCE PAY POLICY.  The severance benefits
provided for in paragraphs 3, 4 and 5 hereof are in lieu of any benefits that
would otherwise be provided to the Executive under the Company's severance pay
policy or agreement, and the Executive shall not be entitled to any benefits
under any other Company's severance pay policy or agreement.

    7.    NO FUNDING OF SEVERANCE.  Nothing contained in this Agreement or
otherwise shall require the Company to segregate, earmark or otherwise set
aside any funds or other assets to provide for any payments required to be made
under paragraphs 3, 4 and 5 hereof, and the rights of the Executive to any
benefits hereunder shall be solely those of a general, unsecured creditor of
the Company.

    8.    BENEFICIARIES.  In the event of the Executive's death, any amount or
benefit payable or distributable to him pursuant to this Agreement shall be
paid to the beneficiary designated by the Executive for such purpose in the
last written instrument received by the Company prior to the Executive's death,
if any, or, if no beneficiary has been designated, to the Executive's estate,
but such designation shall not be deemed to supersede any beneficiary
designation under any benefit plan of the Company.  Whenever this Agreement
provides for the written designation of a beneficiary or beneficiaries of the
Executive, the Executive shall have the right to revoke such designation and to
redesignate a beneficiary or beneficiaries by written notice to the Company,
except to the extent, if any, restricted by law.

    9.    COVENANT TO PROTECT CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.  The Executive
acknowledges that in connection with the Executive's employment by the Company,
the Executive will be brought into contact with Confidential Information, and
the Executive agrees that:

         (a)   The Executive will not disclose to any Person or entity any
Confidential Information, either during or after the term of his employment,
except to designated employees 

                                      12

<PAGE>

of the Company (only as such employees need such information and are 
designated by the Company as needing such information), and attorneys, 
accountants or other representatives of the Company as may be necessary or 
appropriate in the ordinary course of performing the Executive's duties as an 
executive of the Company, or otherwise with the Company's express prior 
written consent.

         (b)   The Executive will not disclose or transfer any Confidential
Information to any third party without the express prior written consent of the
Company.

         (c)   The Executive will deliver to the Company promptly upon
termination of employment, or at any other time that the Company may so
request, all memoranda, notes, records (including electronic data records),
reports and other documents (and all copies thereof) relating to the
Confidential Information which he may then possess or have within his control.

    10.   TERMINATION OF OBLIGATION OF CONFIDENTIALITY.  The confidentiality
obligations imposed by Section 9 of this Agreement shall cease to apply to
Confidential Information after the EARLIEST of the date on which the Executive
provides the Company with written evidence clearly establishing that the
Confidential Information which has been treated by the Company as Confidential
Information:  (i) was known to Executive before it was obtained from the
Company; (ii) was publicly available on the date of first receipt from the
Company; (iv) has become generally known in the Company's industry in the
United States through no fault of the Executive; (v) has been disclosed to
Executive free of any obligation of confidentiality by a third party who has
the right to disclose the same and who did not derive the information from the
Company; or (vi) was independently developed by the Executive without the use
of the Confidential Information.

    11.   WORK PRODUCT.  The Executive acknowledges that Work Product belongs
solely to the Company.

         (a)   At the request of the Company, the Executive shall (i) promptly
and fully inform the Company in writing of Work Product made, created or
conceived during the Executive's employment, (ii) assign (and the Executive
does hereby assign) to the Company all of his ownership in and rights to such
Work Product, and (iii) assist the Company as requested during and after
employment to evidence, perfect and enforce the rights of the Company in and
ownership of such Work Product by promptly executing and delivering to the
Company, the reasonably necessary written instruments and by performing such
other acts as may be necessary, in the opinion of the Company, so as to enable
the Company to obtain and maintain patent, copyright or other intellectual
property rights in such Work Product and so as to vest the entire right and
title thereto in the Company.

         (b)   Pursuant to the provisions of Minn. Stat. Section 181.78, the
Company hereby notifies the Executive that this Section 11 does not apply to an
invention for which no equipment, supplies, facility or trade secret
information of the Company was used and which was developed entirely on the
Executive's own time, and (i) which does not relate (A) directly to the

                                      13

<PAGE>

business of the Company, or (B) to the Company's actual or demonstrably 
anticipated research or development, or (ii) which does not result from any 
work performed by the Executive for the Company.

    12.   NONCOMPETITION, NONSOLICITATION AND NONDISPARAGEMENT.  The Executive
acknowledges and agrees with the Company that during the course of the
Executive's employment with the Company, the Executive has had and will
continue to have the opportunity to develop relationships with existing
employees, customers and other business associates of the Company, which
relationships constitute goodwill of the Company, and the Executive
acknowledges and agrees that the Company would be irreparably damaged if the
Executive were to take actions that would damage or misappropriate such
goodwill.  The Executive accordingly covenants and agrees as follows:

         (a)   The Executive acknowledges that the Company currently conducts
throughout the United States (the "Territory") the business of direct marketing
merchandise and membership services including without limitation customer
segmentation and modeling (the "Subject Business").  Accordingly, during the
term of the Executive's employment with the Company and (i) prior to a Change
of Control, for a period equal to the longer of one year after the Termination
Date or the balance of the term of this Agreement under paragraph 2(a) as if no
termination of employment occurred but notice of termination of the automatic
extension was given in the event of a voluntary resignation under paragraph
3(e) or a termination by the Company for Cause under paragraph 3(b), or (ii)
after a Change of Control, until the first anniversary of the Termination Date
(the "Noncompete Period"), the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly,
enter into, engage in, assist, give or lend funds to or otherwise finance, be
employed by or consult with, or have a financial or other interest in, any
business which engages in the Subject Business and markets, programs, products
or services similar to those of the Company as of the Termination Date, whether
for or by himself or as an independent contractor, agent, stockholder, partner
or joint venturer for any other Person, provided that the aggregate ownership
by the Executive of no more than two percent of the outstanding equity
securities of any Person, which securities are traded on a national or foreign
securities exchange, quoted on the Nasdaq Stock Market or other automated
quotation system or, in the case of the Company, of no more than twenty-five
percent of the Company's outstanding equity securities shall not be deemed to
be giving or lending funds to, otherwise financing or having a financial
interest in a competitor.  In the event that any Person in which the executive
has any financial or other interest directly or indirectly enters into the
Subject Business in the Territory during the Noncompete Period, the Executive
shall divest all of his interest (other than any amount permitted under this
paragraph) in such Person within 30 days after such Person enters into the
Subject Business in the Territory.

         (b)   The Executive covenants and agrees that during the period
commencing with the date of this Agreement and ending (i) on the third
anniversary of the Termination Date if the Termination Date occurs prior to a
Change in Control, or (ii) on the first anniversary of the Termination Date if
the Termination Date occurs on or after a Change in Control, the Executive will
not, directly or indirectly, either for himself or for any other Person (i)
solicit any employee of the Company to terminate his or her employment with the
Company or employ any 

                                      14

<PAGE>

such individual during his or her employment with the Company and for a 
period of six months after such individual terminates employment with the 
Company, (ii) solicit any supplier to the Company as of the Termination Date 
to purchase or distribute information, products or services of or on behalf 
of the Executive or such other Person that are competitive with the 
information, products or services provided by the Company, or (iii) make any 
disparaging statements concerning the Company or its officers, directors or 
employees to any lessor, lessee, vendor, supplier, customer, distributor, 
employee, consultant or other business associate of the Company, as such 
relationship relates to the Company's conduct of the Subject Business.

         (c)   The Executive understands that the foregoing restrictions may
limit the Executive's ability to earn a livelihood in a business similar to the
business of the Company, but the Executive nevertheless believes that the
Executive has received and will receive sufficient consideration and other
benefits as an employee of the Company and as otherwise provided hereunder to
clearly justify such restrictions which, in any event (given the Executive's
education, skills and ability), the Executive does not believe would prevent
him from otherwise earning a living.

    13.   REMEDIES. In the event of the violation or threatened violation by
the Executive of any of the covenants contained in this Agreement, in addition
to any other remedy available in law or in equity, the Company shall have (i)
the right and remedy of specific enforcement, including injunctive relief, it
being acknowledged and agreed that any such violation or threatened violation
will cause irreparable injury to the Company and that monetary damages will not
provide an adequate remedy, (ii) the right and remedy to terminate forthwith
any payments or benefits required to be made or provided to the Executive
hereunder upon violation by the Executive of any provisions of paragraphs 9, 11
or 12 hereof, but without limiting the Executive's obligations under paragraphs
9, 11 or 12 hereof, provided that all such payments shall be promptly paid over
to the Executive if a court of competent jurisdiction determines that the
Executive did not violate such provisions, (iii)  the right and remedy to
require the Executive to account for and pay over to the Company all
compensation, profits, monies, accruals, increments, or other benefits, other
than those payable under this Agreement, derived or received by the Executive
or the entity in competition with the Company as the result of any transactions
constituting a breach of any part of paragraphs 9, 11 or 12 of this Agreement,
and Executive agrees to account for and pay over to the Company such amounts
promptly upon demand therefor, and (iv) the right to any and all damages
available as a matter of law, and costs and expenses incurred by the Company in
pursuing its rights under this Agreement, including reasonable attorneys' fees
and other litigation expenses.

    14.   ARBITRATION.  In the event of a dispute between the Company and the
Executive regarding the entitlement of the Executive to benefits hereunder or
the amount thereof, it is the intention of the parties that the dispute shall
be resolved as expeditiously as possible, consistent with fairness to both
sides.  Accordingly, any claim or dispute relating to the entitlement of the
Executive to benefits hereunder or the amount thereof, shall be resolved by
binding private arbitration before three arbitrators.  Either party may request
arbitration by written notice to the other party.  Within 30 days of receipt of
such notice by the opposing party, each party shall 

                                      15

<PAGE>

appoint a disinterested arbitrator and the two arbitrators selected thereby 
shall appoint a third neutral arbitrator.  In the event the two arbitrators 
cannot agree upon the third arbitrator within 10 days after their 
appointment, then the neutral arbitrator shall be appointed by the Chief 
Judge of Hennepin County (Minnesota) District Court.  Any arbitration 
proceeding conducted hereunder shall be in the City of Minneapolis and shall 
follow the procedures set forth in the Rules of Commercial Arbitration of the 
American Arbitration Association, and both sides shall cooperate in as 
expeditious a resolution of the proceeding as is reasonable under the 
circumstances.  The arbitration panel shall have the power to enter any 
relief it deems fair and just on any claim, including interim and final 
equitable relief, along with any procedural order that is reasonable under 
the circumstances.  Any award rendered by any arbitration panel, or a 
majority thereof, may be filed and a judgment obtained in any court having 
jurisdiction over the parties unless the relief granted in the award is 
delivered within 10 days of the award.

       15.   SEVERABILITY.  Should any covenant, term or condition contained 
in this Agreement become or be declared invalid or unenforceable by a court 
of competent jurisdiction, the parties agree that the court shall be 
requested to judicially modify such unenforceable provision consistent with 
the intent of this Agreement so that it shall be enforceable to the fullest 
extent possible.

       16.   APPLICABLE LAW; JURISDICTION.  This Agreement shall be 
construed, interpreted and enforced according to the statutes, rules of law 
and court decisions of the State of Minnesota without regard to conflict of 
law provisions.  The Executive hereby submits to the jurisdiction of, and 
waives any venue objections against, the State of Minnesota and the federal 
courts of the United States located in such state in respect of all actions 
arising out of or in connection with the interpretation or enforcement of 
paragraphs 9, 11 or 12 of this Agreement, and the Executive consents to the 
personal jurisdiction of such courts for such purposes.

       17.   AMENDMENTS; WAIVERS  This Agreement may be amended, modified, 
superseded or cancelled, and the terms or covenants waived, only by a written 
instrument executed by both of the parties hereto or, in the case of a 
waiver, by the Company.  The failure to require performance of any provision 
hereof shall in no manner affect the right at a later time to enforce the 
same.  No waiver of any term, whether by conduct or otherwise, shall be 
deemed to be a further or continuing waiver of any such breach, or a waiver 
of the breach of any other term contained in this Agreement.

      18.    SUCCESSORS.  The Company shall require any successor (whether 
direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise) to all 
or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company, to 
expressly assume and agree to perform its obligations under this Agreement in 
the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to 
perform them if no succession had taken place unless, in the opinion of legal 
counsel mutually acceptable to the Company and the Executive, such 
obligations have been assumed by the successor as a matter of law.  The 
Executive's rights under this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and 
shall be enforceable by, the Executive's legal representative or other 
successors in interest, but shall not otherwise be assignable or transferable.

                                       16

<PAGE>


      19.    SURVIVAL.  The rights and obligations of the parties pursuant to 
this Agreement shall survive the Termination Date to the extent that any 
performance is required hereunder after the expiration or termination of such 
term.

      20.    NOTICES.  All notices under this Agreement shall be in writing 
and shall be deemed effective when delivered in person (in the Company's 
case, to its Chief Financial Officer) or 48 hours after deposit thereof in 
the U.S. mails, postage prepaid, addressed, in the case of the Executive, to 
the Executive's last known address as carried on the personnel records of the 
Company and, in the case of the Company, to the corporate headquarters, 
attention of the Chief Financial Officer, or to such other address as the 
party to be notified may specify by written notice to the other party.

      21.    CONSTRUCTION.  Paragraph headings are for convenience only and 
shall not be considered a part of the terms and provisions of the Agreement.

      22.    TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT.    The Employment Agreement 
described in Recital A hereto is terminated effective as of the date of this 
Agreement.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused this Agreement to be
executed as of the day and year first above written.

                              DAMARK INTERNATIONAL, INC.


                              By
                                  ------------------------------------
                              Its
                                  ------------------------------------


                              EXECUTIVE


                              ----------------------------------------
                              Name:  Mark A. Cohn


                                       17
<PAGE>

                           EXHIBIT A

                CALCULATION OF GROSS-UP PAYMENT

     Pursuant to Section 5 of the Change of Control, Confidentiality and
Noncompete Agreement to which this Exhibit A is attached, a gross-up payment
shall be paid to the Executive by the Company within the time period specified
in the Agreement for the amount of excise tax incurred by the Executive as a
result of Internal Revenue Code Section 4999.  The following is an example of
the result intended by Section 5 of the Agreement.

Definition of terms:

     G=   Gross-up payment due,
     P=   Amount of the parachute payment,
     B=   Base amount,
     R=   Aggregate applicable Federal and State (net of Federal benefit)
          income tax rate

Example assumptions:

     G=   X,
     P=   $800,000,
     B=   $200,000, and
     R=   .4

Based upon the assumptions listed, the gross-up payment is calculated as
follows:

     G=   (.2P - .2B) / (.8-R)
     G=   [(.2($800,000) - .2($200,000)] / (.8 - .4)
     G=   ($160,000 - $40,000) / .4
     G=   $120,000 / .4
     G=   $300,000


                                       18
<PAGE>

                               CREDIT AGREEMENT


     THIS CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of January 12, 1998, is by and between
DAMARK INTERNATIONAL, INC., a Minnesota corporation (the "Borrower"), the banks
which are signatories hereto (individually, a "Bank" and, collectively, the
"Banks") and U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (formerly known as First Bank
National Association), a national banking association, one of the Banks, as
agent for the Banks (in such capacity, the "Agent").

                                   RECITALS

     A. The Borrower, the Banks and the Agent are parties to that certain
Credit Agreement dated as of March 22, 1996, as amended by the First through
the Third Amendments thereto (as so amended, the "Existing Credit Agreement").
Pursuant to the Existing Credit Agreement the Banks have made a revolving
credit facility available to Borrower, said revolving credit facility being
further evidenced by three separate Promissory Notes of the Borrower in favor
of each Bank, each dated June 23, 1997 (each, an "Existing Note," and
collectively, the "Existing Notes").

     B.  The obligations of the Borrower to the Banks under the Existing Credit
Agreement and the Existing Notes are secured by, INTER ALIA, (i) a Security
Agreement dated as of March 22, 1996 (the "Existing Security Agreement") from
the Borrower to the Agent for the benefit of the Agent and the Banks, (ii) a
Collateral Assignment of Trademarks dated as of March 22, 1996 (the "Existing
Trademark Assignment") from the Borrower to the Agent for the benefit of the
Agent and the Banks, (iii) a Pledge Agreement dated as of March 22, 1996, as
amended by a First Amendment dated as of August 21, 1996 (as so amended the
"Existing Pledge Agreement") from the Borrower to the Agent for the benefit of
the Agent and the Banks, (iv) a Mortgage, Security Agreement, Assignment of
Leases and Rents and Fixture Financing Statement dated as of March 22, 1996
(the "Existing Mortgage") from the Borrower to the Agent for the benefit of the
Agent and the Banks, (vi) an Indemnification Agreement dated as of March 22,
1996 (the "Existing Indemnification Agreement") from the Borrower in favor of
the Banks and the Agent, (vii) two separate Guaranties (each an "Existing
Guaranty," and collectively, the "Existing Guaranties") executed by Texas
Telemarketing, Inc. and Damark Financial Services, Inc. (each an "Existing
Guarantor," and collectively, the "Existing Guarantors") dated as of March 22,
1996 and August 21, 1996, respectively, in favor of the Banks and the Agent,
and (viii) two separate Security Agreements (each a "Guarantor Security
Agreement," and collectively, the "Existing Guarantor Security Agreements" from
each Existing Guarantor in favor of the Agent for the benefit of the Agent and
the Banks.

     C.   The parties hereto also desire to amend and restate the Existing
Credit Agreement in its entirety, to cause the Existing Notes to be amended and
restated in the form of  new notes, and to make such amendments to the Existing
Security Agreement, the Existing Trademark Assignment, the Existing Pledge
Agreement, 


<PAGE>

the Existing Mortgage, the Existing Indemnification Agreement, the Existing 
Guaranties and the Existing Guarantor Security Agreements as may be necessary 
or desirable in connection with the amendment and restatement of the Existing 
Credit Agreement.

     NOW, THEREFORE,  in consideration of the premises and of the mutual
covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto do hereby
agree as follows:

                                   PART ONE

                         AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT OF
                           EXISTING CREDIT AGREEMENT

                                   ARTICLE I
                                       
                       DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS


     Section 1.1  DEFINED TERMS.  As used in this Agreement the following terms
shall have the following respective meanings (and such meanings shall be
equally applicable to both the singular and plural form of the terms defined,
as the context may require):

     "ADJUSTED EURODOLLAR RATE":  With respect to each Interest Period
applicable to a Eurodollar Rate Advance, the rate determined by dividing the
Eurodollar Rate for such Interest Period by 1.00 minus the Eurodollar Reserve
Percentage.

     "ADVANCE":  Any portion of the outstanding Loans by a Bank as to which the
Borrower has elected one of the available interest rate options and, if
applicable, an Interest Period.  An Advance may be a Eurodollar Rate Advance or
a Base Rate Advance.

     "AFFILIATE":  When used with reference to any Person, (a) each Person
that, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by or is under common
control with, the Person referred to, (b) each Person which beneficially owns
or holds, directly or indirectly, ten percent or more of any class of voting
stock of the Person referred to (or if the Person referred to is not a
corporation, ten percent or more of the equity interest), (c) each Person, ten
percent of more of the voting stock (or if such Person is not a corporation,
ten percent or more of the equity interest) of which is beneficially owned or
held, directly or indirectly, by the Person referred to, and (d) each of such
Person's officers, directors, joint venturers and partners (excluding, however,
officers, directors, joint venturers and partners of Heartland Advisors, Inc.).
The term control (including the terms "controlled by" and "under common control

                                  -2-

<PAGE>

with") means the possession, directly, of the power to direct or cause the 
direction of the management and policies of the Person in question.

     "AGENT":  As defined in the opening paragraph hereof.

     "AGGREGATE COMMITMENT AMOUNTS":  As of any date, the sum of the Commitment
Amounts of all the Banks.

     "AGREEMENT":  This Credit Agreement, as the same may be amended,
supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

     "APPLICABLE LENDING OFFICE":  For each Bank and for each type of Advance,
the office of such Bank identified pursuant to Section 9.4 or such other
domestic or foreign office of such Bank (or of an Affiliate of such Bank) as
such Bank may specify from time to time to the Agent and the Borrower as the
office by which its Advances of such type are to be made and maintained.

     "APPLICABLE MARGIN":  With respect to:

          (a) Base Rate Advances -- 0%.

          (b) Eurodollar Rate Advances -- 1.50%.

     "BANK":  As defined in the opening paragraph hereof.

     "BASE RATE":  For any day, a rate per annum equal to the higher of (a) the
Reference Rate for such day and (b) the Federal Funds Rate for such day plus
one-half of one percent (0.5%) per annum.  Each change in the interest rate
provided for herein based upon the Base Rate resulting from a change in the
Base Rate shall take effect at the time of such change.

     "BASE RATE ADVANCE":  An Advance with respect to which the interest rate
is determined by reference to the Base Rate.

     "BOARD":  The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any
successor thereto.

     "BORROWER":  As defined in the opening paragraph hereof.

     "BORROWER LOAN DOCUMENTS":  This Agreement, the Notes and any of the
Security Documents executed and/or to be executed by the Borrower.

     "BORROWING BASE":  As determined in accordance with the formula set forth
in Exhibit 1.1-A hereto.

                                     -3-

<PAGE>

     "BORROWING BASE CERTIFICATE":  A certificate in the form of Exhibit 1.1-B
hereto.

     "BORROWING BASE DEFICIENCY":  At the time of any determination, the
amount, if any, by which Total Outstandings exceed the Borrowing Base.

     "BUSINESS DAY":  Any day (other than a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday
in the State of Minnesota) on which national banks are permitted to be open in
Minneapolis, Minnesota.

     "CAPITAL EXPENDITURES":  For any period, the sum of all amounts that
would, in accordance with GAAP, be included as additions to property, plant and
equipment on a consolidated statement of cash flows for the Borrower during
such period, in respect of (a) the acquisition, construction, improvement,
replacement or betterment of land, buildings, machinery, equipment or of any
other fixed assets or leaseholds, (b) to the extent related to and not included
in (a) above, materials, contract labor (excluding expenditures properly
chargeable to repairs, maintenance or operating expense in accordance with
GAAP), and (c) other capital expenditures and other uses recorded as capital
expenditures or similar terms having substantially the same effect.

     "CAPITALIZED LEASE":  A lease of (or other agreement conveying the right
to use) real or personal property with respect to which at least a portion of
the rent or other amounts thereon constitute Capitalized Lease Obligations.

     "CAPITALIZED LEASE OBLIGATIONS":  As to any Person, the obligations of
such Person to pay rent or other amounts under a lease of (or other agreement
conveying the right to use) real or personal property which obligations are
required to be classified and accounted for as a capital lease on a balance
sheet of such Person under GAAP (including Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 13 of the Financial Accounting Standards Board), and, for
purposes of this Agreement, the amount of such obligations shall be the
capitalized amount thereof, determined in accordance with GAAP (including such
Statement No. 13).

     "CHANGE OF CONTROl":  The occurrence, after the date hereof, of any of the
following circumstances: (a) the Borrower's stock ceasing to be publicly traded
on a nationally recognized exchange; or (b) any Person or two or more Persons
acting in concert acquiring beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule
13d-3 of the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Borrower (or other
securities convertible into such securities) representing 51% or more of the
combined voting power of all securities of the Borrower entitled to vote in the
election of directors; or (c) the occurrence during any period of twelve
consecutive months, whether commencing before or after the date of a change in
the Board of Directors of the Borrower with 


                                  -4-

<PAGE>

the result that the Incumbent Members (as defined below) do not constitute a 
majority of the Borrower's Board of Directors; or (d) any Person or two or 
more Persons acting in concert acquiring by contract or otherwise, or entering 
into a contract or arrangement which has resulted in its or their acquisition 
of, control over securities of the Borrower (or other securities convertible 
into such securities) representing 51% or more of the combined voting power of 
all securities of the Borrower entitled to vote in the election of directors.  
The term "Incumbent Members" shall mean the members of the Borrower's Board of 
Directors on the date immediately preceding the twelve-month period referred 
to in clause (c) of the preceding sentence, provided that any person becoming 
a director during such twelve-month period whose election or nomination for 
election was approved by a majority of the directors who, on the date of such 
election or nomination for election, comprised the Incumbent Members shall be 
considered one of the Incumbent Members in respect of such twelve-month period.

     "CLOSING FEE":  As defined in Section 2.16(a).

     "CODE":  The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

     "COMMITMENT":  With respect to a Bank, the agreement of such Bank to make
Loans to the Borrower and issue or participate in Letters of Credit for the
account of the Borrower in an aggregate principal amount outstanding at any
time not to exceed such Bank's Commitment Amount upon the terms and subject to
the conditions and limitations of this Agreement.

     "COMMITMENT AMOUNT":  With respect to a Bank, the amount set opposite such
Bank's name on Exhibit 1.1-E hereto as its Commitment Amount, but as the same
may be reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.14.

     "COMMITMENT ENDING DATE":  As defined in Section 2.20.

     "COMMITMENT NONUSE FEES":  As defined in Section 2.16(b).

     "COMMITMENT PERCENTAGE":  With respect to any Bank, the percentage
equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is the Commitment Amount of
such Bank and the denominator of which is the Aggregate Commitment Amounts.

     "CONTINGENT OBLIGATION":  With respect to any Person at the time of any
determination, without duplication, any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of
such Person guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any
Indebtedness of any other Person (the "primary obligor") in any manner, whether
directly or otherwise: (a) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for
the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or to purchase (or to advance or
supply funds for the purchase of) any direct or indirect security therefor, (b)
to purchase 

                                     -5-

<PAGE>

property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the owner of 
such Indebtedness of the payment of such Indebtedness, (c) to maintain 
working capital, equity capital or other financial statement condition of the 
primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness 
or otherwise to protect the owner thereof against loss in respect thereof, or 
(d) entered into for the purpose of assuring in any manner the owner of such 
Indebtedness of the payment of such Indebtedness or to protect the owner 
against loss in respect thereof; provided, that the term "Contingent 
Obligation" shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit, in each 
case in the ordinary course of business.

     "DEFAULT":  Any event which, with the giving of notice (whether such 
notice is required under Section 7.1, or under some other provision of this 
Agreement, or otherwise) or lapse of time, or both, would constitute an Event 
of Default.

     "DOCUMENTARY LETTER OF CREDIT":  An import or export documentary letter 
of credit issued by the Agent for the account of the Borrower pursuant to 
this Agreement.

     "EBITDA":  For any period of determination, the sum of the consolidated 
operating income of the Borrower for such period plus depreciation and 
amortization deducted in determining such operating income, all as determined 
in accordance with GAAP.

     "ERISA":  The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as 
amended.

     "ERISA AFFILIATE":  Any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) 
that is a member of a group of which the Borrower is a member and which is 
treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.

     "EURODOLLAR BUSINESS DAY":  A Business Day which is also a day for 
trading by and between banks in United States dollar deposits in the 
interbank Eurodollar market and a day on which banks are open for business in 
New York City.

     "EURODOLLAR RATE":  With respect to each Interest Period applicable to a
Eurodollar Rate Advance, the offered rate for deposits in United States Dollars
(rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest 1/16 of 1%), for delivery of
such deposits on the first day of such Interest Period for the number of days
comprised therein, which appears on the Reuters Screen LIBO page as of 11:00
a.m., London time, two Eurodollar Business Days preceding the first day of such
Interest Period, or the rate determined at such time based on such other
published service of general application as shall be selected by the Agent for
such purpose.  If the Reuters Screen LIBO Page or such other service does not
report such rates or such rates do not, in the judgement of the Agent,
accurately reflect the rates of interest applicable to the 


                                       -6-
<PAGE>

Banks in the relevant markets, the rate for such Interest Period shall be 
determined by the Agent based on rates offered to the Agent for United States 
Dollar deposits in the interbank Eurodollar Market.   "Reuters Screen LIBO 
page" means the display designated as page "LIBO" on the Reuters Monitor 
Money Rate Screen (or such other page as may replace the LIBO page on such 
service) for the purpose of displaying Reuters interbank offered rates of 
major banks for United States Dollar deposits.

     "EURODOLLAR RATE ADVANCE":  An Advance with respect to which the 
interest rate is determined by reference to the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate.

     "EURODOLLAR RESERVE PERCENTAGE":  As of any day, that percentage 
(expressed as a decimal) which is in effect on such day, as prescribed by the 
Board for determining the maximum reserve requirement (including any basic, 
supplemental or emergency reserves) for a member bank of the Federal Reserve 
System, with deposits comparable in amount to those held by the Agent, in 
respect of "Eurocurrency Liabilities" as such term is defined in Regulation D 
of the Board. The rate of interest applicable to any outstanding Eurodollar 
Rate Advances shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date 
of any change in the Eurodollar Reserve Percentage.

     "EVENT OF DEFAULT":  Any event described in Section 7.1.

     "EXISTING CREDIT AGREEMENT":  As such term is defined in Recital A.

     "EXISTING GUARANTOR" and "EXISTING GUARANTORS":  As such terms are 
defined in Recital B.

     "EXISTING GUARANTOR SECURITY AGREEMENT" and "EXISTING GUARANTOR SECURITY 
AGREEMENTS":  As such terms are defined in Recital B.

     "EXISTING GUARANTY" and "EXISTING GUARANTIES":  As such terms are 
defined in Recital B.

     "EXISTING INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT":  As such term is defined in 
Recital B.

     "EXISTING MORTGAGE":  As such term is defined in Recital B.

     "EXISTING NOTE" and "EXISTING NOTES":  As such terms are defined in 
Recital A.

     "EXISTING PLEDGE AGREEMENT":  As such term is defined in Recital B.

     "EXISTING SECURITY AGREEMENT":  As such term is defined in Recital B.


                                       -7-

<PAGE>

     "EXISTING TRADEMARK ASSIGNMENT":  As such term is defined in Recital B.

     "FEDERAL FUNDS RATE":  For any day, the rate per annum (rounded upwards, 
if necessary, to the nearest 1/100 of 1%) equal to the weighted average of 
the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal 
Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers on such day, as published by 
the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the Business Day next succeeding such 
day, PROVIDED that (a) if the day for which such rate is to be determined is 
not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be such rate on 
such transactions on the next preceding Business Day as so published on the 
next succeeding Business Day and (b) if such rate is not so published for any 
Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such Business Day shall be the 
average rate charged to U.S. Bank on such Business Day on such transactions 
as determined by the Agent.

     "FIXED CHARGE COVERAGE RATIO":  For any period of determination, the 
ratio of

     (a)  the sum of EBITDA PLUS operating lease expense deducted in
          determining EBITDA,

          TO

     (b)  the remainder of Fixed Charges MINUS Capital Expenditures made,
          with the prior written consent of the Majority Banks, from equity
          capital specifically raised by the Borrower for the purpose of making
          such Capital Expenditures,

in each case determined for the Borrower on a consolidated basis for said
period in accordance with GAAP.

     "FIXED CHARGES":  For any period of determination, the sum of the Net 
Interest Expense, Capital Expenditures, operating lease expense and cash 
income taxes, in each case determined on a consolidated basis for said period 
in accordance with GAAP.

     "GAAP":  Generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the 
opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the 
American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and 
pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other 
statements by such other entity as may be approved by a significant segment 
of the accounting profession, which are applicable to the circumstances as of 
any date of determination.

     "GUARANTOR MORTGAGE":  A mortgage  in substantially the same form as the 
Mortgage, executed and delivered by a Guarantor in accordance with Section 
6.21.

                                       -8-
<PAGE>

     "GUARANTOR PLEDGE AGREEMENT":  A pledge agreement in substantially the 
same form as the Pledge Agreement, executed and delivered by a Guarantor in 
accordance with Section 6.21.

     "GUARANTORS":  The Existing Guarantors and any other Subsidiary that 
becomes a Guarantor hereunder in accordance with Section 6.21.

     "GUARANTOR SECURITY AGREEMENT":  With respect to either of the Existing 
Guarantors, such Existing Guarantor's Existing Guarantor Security Agreement, 
and with respect to any other Guarantor, a security agreement in 
substantially the same form as the Security Agreement.

     "GUARANTY":  With respect to either of the Existing Guarantors, such 
Existing Guarantor's Existing Guaranty, and with respect to any other 
Guarantor, a guaranty in the form of Exhibit 1.1-D attached hereto.

     "HOLDING ACCOUNT":  A deposit account belonging to the Agent for the 
benefit of the Banks into which the Borrower may be required upon the 
occurrence of an Event of Default, or may elect, to make deposits pursuant to 
the provisions of this Agreement, such account to be under the sole dominion 
and control of the Agent and not subject to withdrawal by the Borrower, with 
any amounts therein to be held for application toward payment of any 
outstanding Letters of Credit when drawn upon.  The Holding Account shall be 
a money market savings account or substantial equivalent (or other 
appropriate investment medium as the Borrower may from time to time request 
and to which the Agent in its sole discretion shall have consented) and shall 
bear interest in accordance with the terms of similar accounts held by the 
Agent for its customers.

     "IMMEDIATELY AVAILABLE FUNDS": Federal funds or other immediately 
available funds.

     "INDEBTEDNESS":  With respect to any Person at the time of any
determination, without duplication, all obligations, contingent or otherwise,
of such Person which in accordance with GAAP should be classified upon the
balance sheet of such Person as liabilities, but in any event including: (a)
all obligations of such Person for borrowed money, (b) all obligations of such
Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments, (c)
all obligations of such Person upon which interest charges are customarily paid
or accrued, (d) all obligations of such Person under conditional sale or other
title retention agreements relating to property purchased by such Person, (e)
all obligations of such Person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price
of property or services, (f) all obligations of others secured by any Lien on
property owned or acquired by such Person, whether or not the obligations
secured thereby have been assumed, (g) all Capitalized Lease Obligations of
such Person, (h) all obligations of such Person in respect of interest rate
protection 


                                       -9-

<PAGE>

agreements, (i) all obligations of such Person, actual or contingent, as an 
account party in respect of letters of credit or bankers' acceptances, (j) 
all obligations of any partnership or joint venture as to which such Person 
is or may become personally liable, and (k) all Contingent Obligations of 
such Person.

     "INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT":  The Existing Indemnification Agreement, as 
the same may be amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from 
time to time.

     "INTEREST PERIOD":  With respect to each Eurodollar Rate Advance, the 
period commencing on the date of such Advance or on the last day of the 
immediately preceding Interest Period, if any, applicable to an outstanding 
Advance and ending one, two, three or six months thereafter, as the Borrower 
may elect in the applicable notice of borrowing, continuation or conversion; 
PROVIDED THAT:

          (a)  Any Interest Period that would otherwise end on a day which is
     not a Eurodollar Business Day shall be extended to the next succeeding
     Eurodollar Business Day unless such Eurodollar Business Day falls in
     another calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on
     the next preceding Eurodollar Business Day;

          (b)  Any three-months or six- months Interest Period that begins on
     the last Eurodollar Business Day of a calendar quarter (or a day for which
     there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar quarter at the
     end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Eurodollar Business Day
     of a calendar quarter; and

          (c)  Any Interest Period that would otherwise end after the
     Commitment Ending Date shall end on the Commitment Ending Date.

     "INVESTMENT":  The acquisition, purchase, making or holding of any stock 
or other security, any loan, advance, contribution to capital, extension of 
credit (except for trade and customer accounts receivable for inventory sold, 
membership and other fees, or services rendered in the ordinary course of 
business and payable in accordance with customary trade terms), any 
acquisitions of real or personal property (other than real and personal 
property acquired in the ordinary course of business) and any purchase or 
commitment or option to purchase stock or other debt or equity securities of 
or any interest in another Person or any integral part of any business or the 
assets comprising such business or part thereof.  The amount of any 
Investment shall be the original cost of such Investment plus the cost of all 
additions thereto, without any adjustments for increases or decreases in 
value, or write-ups, write-downs or write-offs with respect to such 
Investment.

                                      -10-
<PAGE>

     "LETTER OF CREDIT":  A Documentary Letter of Credit or a Standby Letter 
of Credit.

     "LIEN":  With respect to any Person, any security interest, mortgage, 
pledge, lien, charge, encumbrance, title retention agreement or analogous 
instrument or device (including the interest of each lessor under any 
Capitalized Lease but excluding the interest of the lessor under any 
operating lease which is considered a true lease and not a security interest 
under the Uniform Commercial Code and excluding the interest of the licensor 
under any license which is considered a true license and not a security 
interest under the Uniform Commercial Code), in, of or on any assets or 
properties of such Person, now owned or hereafter acquired, whether arising 
by agreement or operation of law.

     "LOAN":  As defined in Section 2.1.

     "LOAN DATE":  The date of the making of any Loans hereunder.

     "LOAN DOCUMENTS":  This Agreement, the Notes and the Security Documents.

     "MAJORITY BANKS":  At any time, Banks holding at least 66-2/3% of the 
Aggregate Commitment Amounts; provided, that if the commitments have 
terminated, the term "Majority Banks" shall mean Banks holding at least 
66-2/3% of Total Outstandings (including Banks holding participation 
interests in Unpaid Drawings pursuant to the participation agreements 
referred to in the last sentence of Section 2.15).

     "MORTGAGE":  The Existing Mortgage, as the same may be amended, 
supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

     "MULTIEMPLOYER PLAN":  A multiemployer plan, as such term is defined in 
Section 4001 (a) (3) of ERISA, which is maintained (on the date of this 
Agreement, within the five years preceding the date of this Agreement, or at 
any time after the date of this Agreement) for employees of the Borrower or 
any ERISA Affiliate.

     "NET INTEREST EXPENSE":  For any period of determination, the remainder 
of (a) the consolidated interest expense of the Borrower for such period 
MINUS (b) the consolidated interest income of the Borrower for such period; 
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that Net Interest Expense for any period shall not be less 
than zero.

     "NOTE":  A promissory note of the Borrower in the form of Exhibit 1.1-C 
hereto.

     "OBLIGATIONS":  The Borrower's obligations in respect of the due and 
punctual payment of principal and interest on the Notes and Unpaid Drawings 
when and as 


                                      -11-

<PAGE>

due, whether by acceleration or otherwise and all fees (including Commitment 
Nonuse Fees and fees payable to the Agent for its own account as described in 
the last sentence of Section 2.17), expenses, indemnities, reimbursements and 
other obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement or any other Borrower 
Loan Document, in all cases whether now existing or hereafter arising or 
incurred.

     "PBGC":  The Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, established pursuant 
to Subtitle A of Title IV of ERISA, and any successor thereto or to the 
functions thereof.

     "PERSON":  Any natural person, corporation, partnership, limited 
partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, firm, association, 
trust, unincorporated organization, government or governmental agency or 
political subdivision or any other entity, whether acting in an individual, 
fiduciary or other capacity.

     "PLAN":   Each employee benefit plan (whether in existence on the date 
of this Agreement or thereafter instituted), as such term is defined in 
Section 3 of ERISA, maintained for the benefit of employees, officers or 
directors of the Borrower or of any ERISA Affiliate.

     "PLEDGE AGREEMENT":  The Existing Pledge Agreement, as the same may be 
amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

     "PROHIBITED TRANSACTION":  The respective meanings assigned to such term 
in Section 4975 of the Code and Section 406 of ERISA.

     "REFERENCE RATE":  The rate of interest from time to time publicly 
announced by the Agent as its "reference rate." The Agent may lend to its 
customers at rates that are at, above or below the Reference Rate. For 
purposes of determining any interest rate hereunder or under any other Loan 
Document which is based on the Reference Rate, such interest rate shall 
change as and when the Reference Rate shall change.

     "REGULATORY CHANGE":  Any change after the date of this Agreement in 
federal, state or foreign laws or regulations or the adoption or making after 
such date of any interpretations, directives or requests applying to a class 
of banks including any Bank under any federal, state or foreign laws or 
regulations (whether or not having the force of law) by any court or 
governmental or monetary authority charged with the interpretation or 
administration thereof.

     "REPORTABLE EVENT":  A reportable event as defined in Section 4043 of 
ERISA and the regulations issued under such Section, with respect to a Plan, 
excluding, however, such events as to which the PBGC by regulation has waived 
the requirement of Section 4043(a) of ERISA that it be notified within 30 
days of the 


                                      -12-

<PAGE>

occurrence of such event, PROVIDED that a failure to meet the minimum funding 
standard of Section 412 of the Code and of Section 302 of ERISA shall be a 
Reportable Event regardless of the issuance of any waiver in accordance with 
Section 412(d) of the Code.

     "RESPONSIBLE OFFICER":  The chief executive officer, the chief financial 
officer and any other officer of the Borrower to whom the Borrower has given 
responsibility for determining or monitoring the Borrower's compliance with 
the provisions of this Agreement.

     "RESTRICTED PAYMENTS":  With respect to the Borrower, collectively, all 
dividends or other distributions of any nature (cash, securities other than 
common stock of the Borrower, assets or otherwise) and all payments on any 
class of equity securities (including warrants, options or rights therefor) 
issued by the Borrower, whether such securities are authorized or outstanding 
on the date of this Agreement or at any time thereafter and any redemption or 
purchase of, or distribution in respect of, any of the foregoing, whether 
directly or indirectly.

     "SECURITY AGREEMENT":  The Existing Security Agreement, as the same may 
be amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

     "SECURITY DOCUMENTS":  The Mortgage, the Indemnification Agreement, the 
Security Agreement, the Pledge Agreement, any Guaranties, any Guarantor 
Mortgages, any Guarantor Security Agreements and any Uniform Commercial Code 
financing statements filed with respect to any thereof.

     "STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT":  A Standby Letter of Credit issued by the 
Agent for the account of the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement.

     "STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT FEE":  As defined in Section 2.17.

     "SUBORDINATED DEBT":  Any Indebtedness of the Borrower, now existing or 
hereafter created, incurred or arising, which is subordinated in right of 
payment to the payment of the Obligations in a manner and to an extent (a) 
that Majority Banks have approved in writing prior to the creation of such 
Indebtedness, or (b) as to any Indebtedness of the Borrower existing on the 
date of this Agreement, that Majority Banks have approved as Subordinated 
Debt in a writing delivered by Majority Banks to the Borrower on or prior to 
the date of this Agreement.

     "SUBSIDIARY":  Any corporation or other entity of which securities or 
other ownership interests having ordinary voting power for the election of a 
majority of the board of directors or other Persons performing similar 
functions are owned by the Borrower either directly or through one or more 
Subsidiaries.


                                      -13-

<PAGE>

     "TANGIBLE NET WORTH":  As of any date of determination, the remainder 
of the consolidated net worth of the Borrower as determined in accordance 
with GAAP, LESS the net book value of all intangible assets of the Borrower 
and its Subsidiaries, including all such items as goodwill, trademarks, trade 
names, service marks, copyrights, patents, licenses, unamortized debt 
discount and expenses and the excess of the purchase price of the assets of 
any business acquired by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries over the 
book value of such assets.

     "TERMINATION DATE":  The earliest of (a) the Commitment Ending Date, (b) 
the date on which the Commitments are terminated pursuant to Section 7.2 
hereof or (c) the date on which the Commitment Amounts are reduced to zero 
pursuant to Section 2.14 hereof.

     "TOTAL FUNDED DEBT":  As of any date of determination, the total amount, 
on a consolidated basis, of Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries 
described in clauses (a), (b), (c) and (g) of the definition of the term 
"Indebtedness" set forth in this Section 1.1, including the maximum amount 
available to be drawn under Standby Letters of Credit but excluding any 
amounts available to be drawn under Documentary Letters of Credit.

     "TOTAL OUTSTANDINGS":  As of any date of determination, the sum of (a) 
the aggregate unpaid principal balance of Loans outstanding on such date, (b) 
the aggregate maximum amount available to be drawn under Letters of Credit 
outstanding on such date and (c) the aggregate amount of Unpaid Drawings on 
such date.

     "UNPAID DRAWING":  As defined in Section 2.11.

     "UNUSED COMMITMENT":  With respect to any Bank as of any date of 
determination, the remainder of

          (a) such Bank's Commitment Amount, MINUS

          (b) an amount equal to the product of

               (i) the remainder of (A) the Total Outstandings on such date   
          MINUS (B) the aggregate maximum amount available to be drawn under
          Documentary Letters of Credit outstanding on such date, MULTIPLIED BY

               (ii) such Bank's Commitment Percentage.

     "U.S. BANK":  U.S. Bank National Association (formerly known as First Bank
National Association) in its capacity as one of the Banks hereunder.


                                      -14-

<PAGE>

     Section 1.2  ACCOUNTING TERMS AND CALCULATIONS.  Except as may be 
expressly provided to the contrary herein, all accounting terms used herein 
shall be interpreted and all accounting determinations hereunder shall be 
made in accordance with GAAP. To the extent any change in GAAP affects any 
computation or determination required to be made pursuant to this Agreement, 
such computation or determination shall be made as if such change in GAAP had 
not occurred unless the Borrower and Majority Banks agree in writing on an 
adjustment to such computation or determination to account for such change in 
GAAP.

     Section 1.3  COMPUTATION OF TIME PERIODS.  In this Agreement, in the 
computation of a period of time from a specified date to a later specified 
date, unless otherwise stated the word "from" means "from and including" and 
the word "to" or "until" each means "to but excluding". All references in 
Sections 6.16, 6.17, 6.18 and 6.19 to any March 31, June30 or September 30 
date shall be deemed to mean and refer to the last day of the Borrower's 
fiscal quarter ending nearest to such date.

     Section 1.4  OTHER DEFINITIONAL TERMS. The words "hereof", "herein" and 
"hereunder" and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall 
refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of 
this Agreement. References to Sections, Exhibits, schedules and like 
references are to this Agreement unless otherwise expressly provided. The 
words "include", "includes" and "including" shall be deemed to be followed by 
the phrase "without limitation". Unless the context in which used herein 
otherwise clearly requires, "or" has the inclusive meaning represented by the 
phrase "and/or".

                                  ARTICLE II
                                       
                        TERMS OF THE CREDIT FACILITIES
                                       
                          PART A --  TERMS OF LENDING

     Section 2.1  THE COMMITMENTS.  On the terms and subject to the 
conditions hereof, each Bank severally agrees to make loans (each, a "Loan" 
and, collectively, the "Loans") to the Borrower on a revolving basis at any 
time and from time to time from the date of this Agreement to the Termination 
Date, during which period the Borrower may borrow, repay and reborrow in 
accordance with the provisions hereof, provided, that no Loan will be made in 
any amount which, after giving effect thereto, would cause the Total 
Outstandings to exceed the lesser of (a) the Aggregate Commitment Amounts or 
(b) the Borrowing Base as reflected in the most recent Borrowing Base 
Certificate received by the Agent. Without limiting the Borrower's 
obligation under Section 5.1(f) to provide monthly Borrowing Base 
Certificates to the Agent, the Borrower may provide a Borrowing Base 
Certificate to 


                                      -15-


<PAGE>

the Agent at any time.  Loans hereunder shall be made by the several Banks 
ratably in the proportion of their respective Commitment Amounts.  Loans may 
be obtained and maintained, at the election of the Borrower but subject to 
the limitations hereof, as Base Rate Advances or Eurodollar Rate Advances or 
any combination thereof; provided, however, that the Loans made by any Bank 
shall not consist of more than ten (10) outstanding Eurodollar Rate Advances 
at any time.

     Section 2.2  PROCEDURE FOR LOANS.  Any request by the Borrower for Loans 
hereunder shall be in writing or by telephone and must be given so as to be 
received by the Agent not later than 12:00 noon (Minneapolis time) three 
Eurodollar Business Days prior to the requested Loan Date if the Loans are 
requested as Eurodollar Rate Advances and not later than 12:00 noon 
(Minneapolis time) on the requested Loan Date if the Loans are requested as 
Base Rate Advances.  Each request for Loans hereunder shall be irrevocable 
and shall be deemed a representation by the Borrower that on the requested 
Loan Date and after giving effect to the requested Loans the applicable 
conditions specified in Article III have been and will be satisfied.  Each 
request for Loans hereunder shall specify (i) the requested Loan Date, (ii) 
the aggregate amount of Loans to be made on such date which shall be in a 
minimum amount of (A) $100,000 or, if more, an integral multiple thereof, if 
such Loans are to be funded as Base Rate Advances, or (B) $500,000 or, if 
more, an integral multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof, if such Loans are 
to be funded as Eurodollar Rate Advances, (iii) whether such Loans are to be 
funded as Base Rate Advances or Eurodollar Rate Advances and (iv) in the case 
of Eurodollar Rate Advances, the duration of the initial Interest Period 
applicable thereto.  The Agent may rely on any telephone request for Loans 
hereunder which it believes in good faith to be genuine; and the Borrower 
hereby waives the right to dispute the Agent's record of the terms of such 
telephone request.  The Agent shall promptly notify each other Bank of the 
receipt of such request, the matters specified therein, and of such Bank's 
ratable share of the requested Loans.  On the date of the requested Loans, 
each Bank shall provide its share of the requested Loans to the Agent in 
Immediately Available Funds not later than 3:00 p.m., Minneapolis time.  
Unless the Agent determines that any applicable condition specified in 
Article III has not been satisfied, the Agent will make available to the 
Borrower at the Agent's principal office in Minneapolis, Minnesota in 
Immediately Available Funds not later than 4:00 p.m. (Minneapolis time) on 
the requested Loan Date the amount of the requested Loans.  If the Agent has 
made a Loan to the Borrower on behalf of a Bank but has not received the 
amount of such Loan from such Bank by the time herein required, such Bank 
shall pay interest to the Agent on the amount so advanced at the Federal 
Funds Rate from the date of such Loan to the date funds are received by the 
Agent from such Bank, such interest to be payable with such remittance from 
such Bank of the principal amount of such Loan (provided, however, that the 
Agent shall not make any Loan on behalf of a Bank if the Agent has received 
prior notice from such Bank that it will not make such Loan).  If the Agent 
does not receive payment from such Bank by the next Business Day after the 
date of any Loan, the Agent shall be entitled 


                                     -16-

<PAGE>


to recover such Loan, with interest thereon at the rate then applicable to 
the such Loan, on demand, from the Borrower, without prejudice to the Agent's 
and the Borrower's rights against such Bank.  If such Bank pays the Agent the 
amount herein required with interest at the Federal Funds Rate before the 
Agent has recovered from the Borrower, such Bank shall be entitled to the 
interest payable by the Borrower with respect to the Loan in question 
accruing from the date the Agent made such Loan.

     Section 2.3  NOTES.  The Advances of each Bank shall be evidenced by a
single Note payable to the order of such Bank in a principal amount equal to
such Bank's Commitment Amount originally in effect. Upon receipt of each Bank's
Note from the Borrower, the Agent shall mail such Note to such Bank.  Each Bank
shall enter in its ledgers and records the amount of each Loan, the various
Advances made, converted or continued and the payments made thereon, and each
Bank is authorized by the Borrower to enter on a schedule attached to its Note
a record of such Loans, Advances and payments; provided, however, that the
failure by any Bank to make any such entry or any error in making such entry
shall not limit or otherwise affect the obligation of the Borrower hereunder
and on the Notes, and, in all events, the principal amounts owing by the
Borrower in respect of the Notes shall be the aggregate amount of all Loans
made by the Banks less all payments of principal thereof made by the Borrower.

     Section 2.4  CONVERSIONS AND CONTINUATIONS.  On the terms and subject to 
the limitations hereof, the Borrower shall have the option at any time and 
from time to time to convert all or any portion of the Advances into Base 
Rate Advances or Eurodollar Rate Advances, or to continue a Eurodollar Rate 
Advance as such; provided, however, that a Eurodollar Rate Advance may be 
converted or continued only on the last day of the Interest Period applicable 
thereto and no Advance may be converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Rate 
Advance if a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on 
the proposed date of continuation or conversion.  Advances may be converted 
to, or continued as, Eurodollar Rate Advances only in the minimum amount, as 
to the aggregate amount of the Advances of all Banks so converted or 
continued, of $500,000 or, if more, an integral multiple of $100,000 in 
excess thereof.  The Borrower shall give the Agent written notice of any 
continuation or conversion of any Advances and such notice must be given so 
as to be received by the Agent not later than 12:00 noon (Minneapolis time) 
three Eurodollar Business Days prior to requested date of conversion or 
continuation in the case of the continuation of, or conversion to, Eurodollar 
Rate Advances and on the date of the requested conversion to Base Rate 
Advances.  Each such notice shall specify (a) the amount to be continued or 
converted, (b) the date for the continuation or conversion (which must be (i) 
the last day of the preceding Interest Period for any continuation or 
conversion of Eurodollar Rate Advances, and (ii) a Eurodollar Business Day in 
the case of continuations as or conversions to Eurodollar Rate Advances and a 
Business Day in the case of conversions to Base

                                     -17-

<PAGE>


Rate Advances), and (c) in the case of conversions to or continuations as
Eurodollar Rate Advances, the Interest Period applicable thereto.  Any notice
given by the Borrower under this Section shall be irrevocable.  If the Borrower
shall fail to notify the Agent of the continuation of any Eurodollar Rate
Advances within the time required by this Section, such Advances shall, on the
alst day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, automatically be converted
into Base Rate Advances of the same principal amount. All conversions and
continuation of Advances must be made uniformly and ratably among the Banks.

     Section 2.5  INTEREST RATES, INTEREST PAYMENTS AND DEFAULT INTEREST.
Interest shall accrue and be payable on the Loans as follows:

          (a)  Subject to paragraph (c) below, each Eurodollar Rate Advance
     shall bear interest on the unpaid principal amount thereof during the
     Interest Period applicable thereto at a rate per annum equal to the sum of
     (i) the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate for such Interest Period, plus (ii) the
     Applicable Margin.

          (b)  Subject to paragraph (c) below, each Base Rate Advance shall
     bear interest on the unpaid principal amount thereof at a varying rate per
     annum equal to the sum of (i) the Base Rate, plus (ii) the Applicable
     Margin.

          (c)  Any Advance not paid when due, whether at the date scheduled
     therefor or earlier upon acceleration, shall bear interest until paid in
     full (i) during the balance of any Interest Period applicable to such
     Advance, at a rate per annum equal to the sum of the rate applicable to
     such Advance during such Interest Period plus 2.0%, and (ii) otherwise, at
     a rate per annum equal to the sum of (1) the Base Rate, plus (2) the
     Applicable Margin for Base Rate Advances, plus (3) 2.0%.

          (d)  Interest shall be payable (i) with respect to each Eurodollar
     Rate Advance having an Interest Period of three months or less, on the
     last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto; (ii) with respect to
     any Eurodollar Rate Advance having an Interest Period greater than three
     months, on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto and on
     each day that would have been the last day of the Interest Period for such
     Advance had successive Interest Periods of three months duration been
     applicable to such Advance; (iii) with respect to any Base Rate Advance,
     on the last day of each calendar quarter; (iv) with respect to all
     Advances, upon any permitted prepayment (on the amount prepaid); and (v)
     with respect to all Advances, on the Termination Date; provided that
     interest under Section 2.5(c) shall be payable on demand.


                                     -18-

<PAGE>


     Section 2.6  REPAYMENT.  The unpaid principal amount of all Advances,
together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, shall be due and payable
on the Termination Date.

     Section 2.7 PREPAYMENTS.

          2.7(a)  MANDATORY PAYMENTS.  If at any time a Borrowing Base
     Deficiency exists, the Borrower shall immediately pay on the principal of
     the Advances an amount equal to such Borrowing Base Deficiency.  Any such
     payments shall be applied first against Base Rate Advances and then to
     Eurodollar Rate Advances in order starting with the Eurodollar Rate
     Advances having the shortest time to the end of the applicable Interest
     Period.  Amounts paid on the Advances under this paragraph (a) shall be
     for the account of each Bank in proportion to its share of outstanding
     Loans.  If, after paying all outstanding Advances, a Borrowing Base
     Deficiency still exists, the Borrower shall pay into the Holding Account
     an amount equal to the amount of the remaining Borrowing Base Deficiency.

          2.7(b)  OPTIONAL PREPAYMENTS.   The Borrower may prepay Base Rate
     Advances, in whole or in part, at any time, without premium or penalty.
     Each partial prepayment shall be in an aggregate amount for all the Banks
     of $100,000 or an integral multiple thereof.  Except upon an acceleration
     following an Event of Default or upon termination of the Commitments in
     whole, the Borrower may pay Eurodollar Rate Advances only on the last day
     of the Interest Period applicable thereto.  Amounts paid (unless following
     an acceleration or upon termination of the Commitments in whole) or
     prepaid on Advances under this paragraph (b) may be reborrowed upon the
     terms and subject to the conditions and limitations of this Agreement.
     Amounts paid or prepaid on the Advances under this paragraph (b) shall be
     for the account of each Bank in proportion to its share of outstanding
     Loans.

                 PART B -- TERMS OF THE LETTER OF CREDIT FACILITIES

     Section 2.8  LETTERS OF CREDIT.  Upon the terms and subject to the
conditions of this Agreement, the Agent agrees to issue Letters of Credit for
the account of the Borrower from time to time between the date of this
Agreement and the Termination Date in such amounts as the Borrower shall
request up to an aggregate amount at any time outstanding not exceeding the
Aggregate  Commitment Amounts; provided that no Letter of Credit will be issued
in any amount which, after giving effect to such issuance, would cause Total
Outstandings to exceed the lesser of (a) the Aggregate Commitment Amounts or
(b) the Borrowing Base as reflected in the most recent Borrowing Base
Certificate received by the Agent.


                                     -19-

<PAGE>


     Section 2.9  PROCEDURES FOR LETTERS OF CREDIT.  Each request for a Letter
of Credit shall be made by the Borrower in writing, by telex, facsimile
transmission or electronic conveyance received by the Agent by (a) 2:00 p.m.,
Minneapolis time, on a Business Day which is not less than two Business Days
preceding the requested date of issuance (which shall also be a Business Day),
in the case of a Standby Letter of Credit, and (b) 2:30 p.m., Minneapolis time,
on a Business Day which is not less than one Business Day preceding the
requested date of issuance (which shall also be a Business Day), in the case of
a Documentary Letter of Credit.  Each request for a Letter of Credit shall be
deemed a representation by the Borrower that on the date of issuance of such
Letter of Credit and after giving effect thereto the applicable conditions
specified in Article III have been and will be satisfied.  The Agent may
require that the Borrower execute its standard forms of application and
continuing agreement in connection with the issuance of Letters of Credit,
along with satisfactory evidence of the authority and incumbency of the
officials of the Borrower making such request.  The Agent shall send notice to
the other Banks weekly, stating the amounts and identification numbers of the
Letters of Credit issued during each week.

     Section 2.10  TERMS OF LETTERS OF CREDIT.  Letters of Credit shall be
issued in support of obligations of the Borrower incurred for general corporate
purposes.  All Letters of Credit must expire not later than the 180th day
following the Commitment Ending Date, provided that the Borrower shall, by not
later than the date which is two Business Days prior to the Commitment Ending
Date, or by such earlier date as the Agent may determine in its discretion,
deposit in the Holding Account, in Immediately Available Funds, an amount which
is at least equal to the total amount available to be drawn under such Letter
of Credit, which amount shall be held by the Agent in the Holding Account as
security for the reimbursement by the Borrower of any drawings under such
Letter of Credit.

     Section 2.11  AGREEMENT TO REPAY LETTER OF CREDIT DRAWINGS.  If the 
Agent has received documents purporting to draw under a Letter of Credit that 
the Agent believes conform to the requirements of the Letter of Credit, or if 
the Agent has decided that it will comply with the Borrower's written or oral 
request or authorization to pay a drawing on any Letter of Credit that the 
Agent does not believe conforms to the requirements of the Letter of Credit, 
it will notify the Borrower of that fact.  The Borrower shall reimburse the 
Agent by 11:30 a.m. (Minneapolis time) on the day on which such drawing is to 
be paid in Immediately Available Funds in an amount equal to the amount of 
such drawing.  Any amount by which the Borrower has failed to reimburse the 
Agent for the full amount of such drawing by 12:00 noon (Minneapolis time) on 
the date on which the Agent in its notice indicated that it would pay such 
drawing is an "Unpaid Drawing."  All Unpaid Drawings not reimbursed on the 
date on which such drawing is paid, whether by the Borrower or from the 
proceeds of Loans made pursuant to Section 2.15 or from funds available in 
the Holding Account, shall bear interest until paid in 


                                     -20-


<PAGE>

full at the rate per annum equal to the sum of (1) the Base Rate, plus (2) 
the Applicable Margin for Base Rate Advances, plus (3) 2%.

     Section 2.12  OBLIGATIONS ABSOLUTE.  The obligation of the Borrower 
under Section 2.11 to repay the Agent for any amount drawn on any Letter of 
Credit and to repay the Banks for any Loans made under Section 2.15 to cover 
Unpaid Drawings shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, shall 
continue for so long as any Letter of Credit is outstanding notwithstanding 
any termination of this Agreement, and shall be paid strictly in accordance 
with the terms of this Agreement, under all circumstances whatsoever, 
including without limitation the following circumstances:

          (a)  Any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit;

          (b)  The existence of any claim, setoff, defense or other right which
     the Borrower may have or claim at any time against any beneficiary,
     transferee or holder of any Letter of Credit (or any Person for whom any
     such beneficiary, transferee or holder may be acting), the Agent or any
     Bank or any other Person, whether in connection with a Letter of Credit,
     this Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereby, or any unrelated
     transaction; or

          (c)  Any statement or any other document presented under any Letter
     of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any
     respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect
     whatsoever.

Neither the Agent nor any Bank nor officers, directors or employees of any 
thereof shall be liable or responsible for, and the obligations of the 
Borrower to the Agent and the Banks shall not be impaired by:

     (i)   The use which may be made of any Letter of Credit or for
           any acts or omissions of any beneficiary, transferee or holder
           thereof in connection therewith;

     (ii)  The validity, sufficiency or genuineness of documents, or
           of any endorsements thereon, even if such documents or endorsements
           should, in fact, prove to be in any or all respects invalid,
           insufficient, fraudulent or forged;

     (iii) The acceptance by the Agent of documents that appear on
           their face to be in order, without responsibility for further
           investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the
           contrary; or


                                      -21-

<PAGE>

     (iv)  Any other action of the Agent in making or failing to make
           payment under any Letter of Credit if in good faith.

     Section 2.13  INCREASED COST FOR LETTERS OF CREDIT.  If any Regulatory 
Change shall either (a) impose, modify or make applicable any reserve, 
deposit, capital adequacy or similar requirement against Letters of Credit 
issued by the Agent or any Bank's obligation to make Loans to cover Unpaid 
Drawings, or (b) shall impose on any Bank any other conditions affecting this 
Agreement or any Letter of Credit; and the result of any of the foregoing is 
to increase the cost to the Agent or any Bank of issuing or maintaining any 
Letter of Credit or such Bank's obligation to make Loans to cover Unpaid 
Drawings, or reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by the Agent 
or any Bank hereunder, then, upon demand (which demand shall be given by the 
Agent or Bank affected by such increased cost or reduction promptly after it 
determines such increased cost or reduction) to the Borrower by the Agent or 
such Bank, the Borrower shall pay to the Agent or such Bank the additional 
amount or amounts as will compensate the Agent or such Bank for such 
increased cost or reduction.  The Agent and each Bank will promptly notify 
the Borrower, and each Bank other than U.S. Bank will promptly notify the 
Agent, of any event of which it has knowledge, occurring after the date 
hereof, which will entitle the Agent or such Bank, as the case may be, to 
compensation pursuant to this Section and will designate a different 
Applicable Lending Office if such designation will avoid the need for, or 
reduce the amount of, such compensation and will not, in the judgment of the 
Agent or such Bank, be otherwise disadvantageous to the Agent or such Bank.  
If the Agent or a Bank fails to give such notice within 45 days after it 
obtains knowledge of such a Regulatory Change, the Agent or such Bank shall, 
with respect to compensation payable pursuant to this Section, only be 
entitled to payment under this Section for costs incurred from and after the 
date 45 days prior to the date that the Agent or such Bank does give such 
notice.  A certificate of the Agent or a Bank claiming compensation under 
this Section, setting forth the additional amount or amounts to be paid to it 
hereunder and stating in reasonable detail the basis for the charge and the 
method of computation, shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. 
In determining such amount, the Agent or a Bank may use any reasonable 
averaging and attribution methods.  Failure on the part of  the Agent or a 
Bank to demand compensation for any increased costs or reduction in amounts 
received or receivable with respect to any period shall not constitute a 
waiver of the Agent's or that Bank's rights to demand compensation for any 
increased costs or reduction in amounts received or receivable in any 
subsequent period (subject to the limitation contained in the third preceding 
sentence).

                              PART C  --  GENERAL

     Section 2.14  OPTIONAL REDUCTION OF COMMITMENT AMOUNTS OR TERMINATION OF
COMMITMENTS.  The Borrower may, at any time, upon not less than five Business
Days prior written notice to the Agent, reduce the Commitment Amounts, ratably,


                                      -22-

<PAGE>

with any such reduction in a minimum aggregate amount for all the Banks of
$1,000,000 or, if more, in an integral multiple of $1,000,000; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that the Borrower may not at any time reduce the Aggregate Commitment
Amounts below the Total Outstandings.  The Borrower may, at any time when there
are no Letters of Credit outstanding, upon not less than five Business Days
prior written notice to the Agent, terminate the Commitments in their entirety.
Upon termination of the Commitments pursuant to this Section, the Borrower
shall pay to the Agent for the account of the Banks the full amount of all
outstanding Advances, all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, all unpaid
Commitment Fees accrued to the date of such termination, any indemnities
payable with respect to Advances pursuant to Section 2.26 and all other unpaid
obligations of the Borrower to the Agent and the Banks hereunder.

     Section 2.15  LOANS TO COVER UNPAID DRAWINGS.  Whenever any Unpaid 
Drawing exists for which there are not then funds in the Holding Account to 
cover the same, the Agent shall give the other Banks notice to that effect, 
specifying the amount thereof, in which event each Bank is authorized (and 
the Borrower does here so authorize each Bank) to, and shall, make a Loan (as 
a Base Rate Advance) to the Borrower  in an amount equal to such Bank's 
Commitment Percentage of the amount of the Unpaid Drawing, subject, however, 
to the limitations set forth in Section 2.14.  The Agent shall notify each 
Bank promptly on the date such Unpaid Drawing occurs of the amount of the 
Loan to be made by such Bank.  Each Bank shall then make such Loan 
(regardless of noncompliance with the applicable conditions precedent 
specified in Article III hereof and regardless of whether an Event of Default 
then exists, but subject to the limitations set forth in Section 2.1) and 
each Bank shall provide the Agent with the proceeds of such Loan in 
Immediately Available Funds, at the office of the Agent, not later than 3:00 
p.m. (Minneapolis time) on the day on which such Bank received such notice.  
The Agent shall apply the proceeds of such Loans directly to reimburse itself 
for such Unpaid Drawing.  If any portion of any such amount paid to the Agent 
should be recovered by or on behalf of the Borrower from the Agent in 
bankruptcy, by assignment for the benefit of creditors or otherwise, the loss 
of the amount so recovered shall be ratably shared between and among the 
Banks in the manner contemplated by Section 8.10 hereof.  If at the time the 
Banks make funds available to the Agent pursuant to the provisions of this 
Section, the applicable conditions precedent specified in Article III shall 
not have been satisfied, the Borrower shall pay to the Agent for the account 
of the Banks interest on the funds so advanced at a floating rate per annum 
equal to the sum of the Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin for Base Rate 
Advances plus two percent (2.00%).   If for any reason the Banks are unable 
to make Loans to the Borrower in an aggregate amount sufficient to reimburse 
the Agent for an Unpaid Drawing (including, without limitation, the 
application of the limitations set forth in Section 2.8), and there are not 
funds available in the Holding Account to make such reimbursement, then the 
Banks (other than U.S. Bank) shall immediately purchase from the Agent a risk 


                                      -23-

<PAGE>

participation in such Unpaid Drawing, at par, in amounts equal to each such 
Bank's Commitment Percentage of the Unpaid Drawing.

     Section 2.16   CLOSING FEE; COMMITMENT NONUSE FEE.

          (a)  CLOSING FEES.  On or before the Closing Date the Borrower will
     pay to the Agent for its own account a fee (the "Closing Fee") in an
     amount separately agreed upon by the Borrower and the Agent.

          (b)  COMMITMENT NONUSE FEES.  The Borrower shall pay to the Agent for
     the account of each Bank fees (the "Commitment Nonuse Fees") in an amount
     determined by applying a rate of one-fourth of one percent (0.25%) per
     annum to the average daily Unused Commitment of such Bank for the period
     from the date of this Agreement to the Termination Date.  Such Commitment
     Nonuse Fees are payable in arrears quarterly on the last day of each
     calendar quarter and on the Termination Date.

     Section 2.17  LETTER OF CREDIT FEES.  For each Standby Letter of Credit 
issued, the Borrower shall pay to the Agent for the account of the Banks, in 
advance payable on the date of issuance, a fee (a "Standby Letter of Credit 
Fee") in an amount determined by applying a per annum rate equal to the 
Applicable Margin for Eurodollar Rate Advances to the original face amount of 
such Standby Letter of Credit for the period from the date of issuance to the 
scheduled expiration date of such Letter of Credit.  In addition to such 
Standby Letter of Credit Fees, the Borrower shall pay to the Agent for its 
own account, on demand, all issuance, document examination, amendment, 
drawing and other fees regularly charged by the Agent to its letter of credit 
customers and all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Agent in connection 
with the issuance, amendment, administration or payment of any Standby Letter 
of Credit or Documentary Letter of Credit.

     Section 2.18  COMPUTATION.  Commitment Nonuse Fees and Standby Letter of 
Credit Fees and interest on Advances shall be computed on the basis of actual 
days elapsed (or, in the case of Standby Letter of Credit Fees which are paid 
in advance, actual days to elapse) and a year of 360 days.

     Section 2.19  PAYMENTS.  Payments and prepayments of principal of, and 
interest on, the Notes and all fees, expenses and other obligations under 
this Agreement payable to the Agent or the Banks shall be made without setoff 
or counterclaim in Immediately Available Funds not later than 12:00 noon 
(Minneapolis time) on the dates called for under this Agreement and the Notes 
to the Agent at its main office in Minneapolis, Minnesota.  Funds received 
after such time shall be deemed to have been received on the next Business 
Day. The Agent will promptly distribute in like funds to each Bank its 
ratable share of each such payment of principal, interest, Commitment Fees 
and Standby Letter of Credit Fees 


                                      -24-

<PAGE>

received, by the Agent for the account of the Banks.  Whenever any payment to 
be made hereunder or on the Notes shall be stated to be due on a day which is 
not a Business Day, such payment shall be made on the next succeeding 
Business Day and such extension of time, in the case of a payment of 
principal, shall be included in the computation of any interest on such 
principal payment.

     Section 2.20  COMMITMENT ENDING DATE.  The "Commitment Ending Date" is
December 31, 2000.

     Section 2.21  USE OF LOAN PROCEEDS.  The proceeds of the Loans shall be
used for the Borrower's working capital and general corporate purposes in a
manner not in conflict with any of the Borrower's covenants in this Agreement.

     Section 2.22  INTEREST RATE NOT ASCERTAINABLE, ETC.  If, on or prior to
the date for determining the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate in respect of the
Interest Period for any Eurodollar Rate Advance, any Bank determines (which
determination shall be conclusive and binding, absent error) that:

          (a)  deposits in dollars (in the applicable amount) are not being
     made available to such Bank in the relevant market for such Interest
     Period, or

          (b)  the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate will not adequately and fairly
     reflect the cost to such Bank of funding or maintaining Eurodollar Rate
     Advances for such Interest Period,

such Bank shall forthwith give notice to the Borrower and the other Banks of 
such determination, whereupon the obligation of such Bank to make or 
continue, or to convert any Advances to, Eurodollar Rate Advances shall be 
suspended until such Bank notifies the Borrower and the Agent that the 
circumstances giving rise to such suspension no longer exist.  While any such 
suspension continues, all further Advances by such Bank shall be made as Base 
Rate Advances.  No such suspension shall affect the interest rate then in 
effect during the applicable Interest Period for any Eurodollar Rate Advance 
outstanding at the time such suspension is imposed.

     Section 2.23  INCREASED COST.  If any Regulatory Change:

          (a)  shall subject any Bank (or its Applicable Lending Office) to any
     tax, duty or other charge with respect to its Eurodollar Rate Advances,
     its Note or its obligation to make Eurodollar Rate Advances or shall
     change the basis of taxation of payment to any Bank (or its Applicable
     Lending Office) of the principal of or interest on its Eurodollar Rate
     Advances or any other amounts due under this Agreement in respect of its
     Eurodollar Rate Advances or its obligation to make Eurodollar Rate
     Advances (except for changes in the rate of tax on the overall net income
     of such Bank or its Applicable Lending Office 


                                      -25-

<PAGE>

     imposed by the jurisdiction in which such Bank's principal office or 
     Applicable Lending Office is located); or

          (b)  shall impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special 
     deposit, capital requirement or similar requirement (including, without 
     limitation, any such requirement imposed by the Board, but excluding with 
     respect to any Eurodollar Rate Advance any such requirement to the extent 
     included in calculating the applicable Adjusted Eurodollar Rate) against 
     assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by, any 
     Bank's Applicable Lending Office or shall impose on any Bank (or its 
     Applicable Lending Office) or the interbank Eurodollar market any other 
     condition affecting its Eurodollar Rate Advances, its Note or its 
     obligation to make Eurodollar Rate Advances;

and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to such Bank 
(or its Applicable Lending Office) of making or maintaining any Eurodollar 
Rate Advance, or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by 
such Bank (or its Applicable Lending Office) under this Agreement or under 
its Note, then, within 30 days after demand by such Bank (with a copy to the 
Agent), the Borrower shall pay to such Bank such additional amount or amounts 
as will compensate such Bank for such increased cost or reduction. Each Bank 
will promptly notify the Borrower and the Agent of any event of which it has 
knowledge, occurring after the date hereof, which will entitle such Bank to 
compensation pursuant to this Section and will designate a different 
Applicable Lending Office if such designation will avoid the need for, or 
reduce the amount of, such compensation and will not, in the judgment of such 
Bank, be otherwise disadvantageous to such Bank. If any Bank fails to give 
such notice within 45 days after it obtains knowledge of such an event, such 
Bank shall, with respect to compensation payable pursuant to this Section, 
only be entitled to payment under this Section for costs incurred from and 
after the date 45 days prior to the date that such Bank does give such 
notice. A certificate of any Bank claiming compensation under this Section, 
setting forth the additional amount or amounts to be paid to it hereunder and 
stating in reasonable detail the basis for the charge and the method of 
computation, shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. In 
determining such amount, any Bank may use any reasonable averaging and 
attribution methods. Failure on the part of any Bank to demand compensation 
for any increased costs or reduction in amounts received or receivable with 
respect to any Interest Period shall not constitute a waiver of that Bank's 
rights to demand compensation for any increased costs or reduction in amounts 
received or receivable in any subsequent Interest Period (subject to the 
limitation in the third preceding sentence).

     Section 2.24  ILLEGALITY.  If any Regulatory Change shall make it 
unlawful or impossible for any Bank to make, maintain or fund any Eurodollar 
Rate Advances, such Bank shall notify the Borrower and the Agent, whereupon 
the obligation of


                                     -26-

<PAGE>

such Bank to make or continue, or to convert any Advances to, Eurodollar Rate 
Advances shall be suspended until such Bank notifies the Borrower and the 
Agent that the circumstances giving rise to such suspension no longer exist.  
Before giving any such notice, such Bank shall designate a different 
Applicable Lending Office if such designation will avoid the need for giving 
such notice and will not, in the judgment of such Bank, be otherwise 
disadvantageous to such Bank. If such Bank determines that it may not 
lawfully continue to maintain any Eurodollar Rate Advances to the end of the 
applicable Interest Periods, all of the affected Advances shall be 
automatically converted to Base Rate Advances as of the date of such Bank's 
notice, and upon such conversion the Borrower shall indemnify such Bank in 
accordance with Section 2.26.

     Section 2.25  CAPITAL ADEQUACY.  In the event that any Regulatory Change 
reduces or shall have the effect of reducing the rate of return on any Bank's 
capital or the capital of its parent corporation (by an amount such Bank 
deems material) as a consequence of its Commitments and/or its Loans to a 
level below that which such Bank or its parent corporation could have 
achieved but for such Regulatory Change (taking into account such Bank's 
policies and the policies of its parent corporation with respect to capital 
adequacy), then the Borrower shall, within 15 days after written demand from 
such Bank (with a copy to the Agent), pay to such Bank additional amounts 
sufficient to compensate such Bank or its parent corporation for such 
reduction. Each Bank will promptly notify the Borrower and the Agent of any 
event of which it has knowledge, occurring after the date hereof, which will 
entitle such Bank to compensation pursuant to this Section and will designate 
a different Applicable Lending Office if such designation will avoid the need 
for, or reduce the amount of, such compensation and will not, in the judgment 
of such Bank, be otherwise disadvantageous to such Bank. If any Bank fails 
to give such notice within 45 days after it obtains knowledge of such a 
Regulatory Change, such Bank shall, with respect to compensation payable 
pursuant to this Section, only be entitled to payment under this Section for 
reductions suffered from and after the date 45 days prior to the date that 
such Bank does give such notice. A certificate of any Bank claiming 
compensation under this Section, setting forth the additional amount or 
amounts to be paid to it hereunder and stating in reasonable detail the basis 
for the charge and the method of computation, shall be conclusive in the 
absence of manifest error. In determining such amount, each Bank may use any 
reasonable averaging and attribution methods. Failure on the part of any 
Bank to demand compensation for any reductions with respect to any period 
shall not constitute a waiver of that Bank's rights to demand compensation 
for any increased costs or reduction in amounts received or receivable in any 
subsequent period (subject to the limitation contained in the third preceding 
sentence).

     Section 2.26  FUNDING LOSSES; EURODOLLAR RATE ADVANCES.  The Borrower 
shall compensate each Bank, upon its written request, for all losses, 
expenses and


                                     -27-

<PAGE>

liabilities (including any interest paid by such Bank to lenders of funds 
borrowed by it to make or carry Eurodollar Rate Advances to the extent not 
recovered by such Bank in connection with the reemployment of such funds and 
including loss of anticipated profits) which such Bank may sustain:  (i) if 
for any reason, other than a default by such Bank, a funding of a Eurodollar 
Rate Advance does not occur on the date specified therefor in the Borrower's 
request or notice as to such Advance under Section 2.2 or 2.4, or (ii) if, 
for whatever reason (including, but not limited to, acceleration of the 
maturity of Advances following an Event of Default), any repayment of a 
Eurodollar Rate Advance, or a conversion pursuant to Section 2.24, or an 
assignment pursuant to Section 2.28(c), occurs on any day other than the last 
day of the Interest Period applicable thereto. A Bank's request for 
compensation shall set forth the basis for the amount requested and shall be 
final, conclusive and binding, absent error.

     Section 2.27  DISCRETION OF BANKS AS TO MANNER OF FUNDING.  Each Bank 
shall be entitled to fund and maintain its funding of Eurodollar Rate 
Advances in any manner it may elect, it being understood, however, that for 
the purposes of this Agreement all determinations hereunder (including, but 
not limited to, determinations under Section 2.26, but excluding 
determinations that the Agent may elect to make from the Reuters screen) 
shall be made as if such Bank had actually funded and maintained each 
Eurodollar Rate Advances during the Interest Period for such Advance through 
the purchase of deposits having a maturity corresponding to the last day of 
the Interest Period and bearing an interest rate equal to the Eurodollar Rate 
for such Interest Period.

     Section 2.28  WITHHOLDING TAXES.

          (a)  BANKS TO SUBMIT FORMS.  Each Bank represents to the Borrower and
     the Agent that it is either (i) a corporation organized under the laws of
     the United States or any State thereof or (ii) is entitled to complete
     exemption from United States withholding tax imposed on or with respect to
     any payments, including fees, to be made pursuant to this Agreement (x)
     under an applicable provision of a tax convention to which the United
     States is a party or (y) because it is acting through a branch, agency or
     office in the United States and any payment to be received by it hereunder
     is effectively connected with a trade or business in the United States.
     Each Bank that is not a United States person (as such term is defined in
     Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) shall submit to the Borrower and the
     Agent, on or before the date of this Agreement or the day on which such
     Bank becomes such under Section 9.6, as applicable, duly completed and
     signed copies of either Form 1001 (relating to such Bank and entitling it
     to a complete exemption from withholding on all payments to be received by
     such Bank hereunder) or Form 4224 (relating to all payments to be received
     by such Bank hereunder) of the United States Internal Revenue Service, and
     each Bank that is a United States person on


                                     -28-

<PAGE>

     the date hereof or on the date it becomes a Bank under Section 9.6, as 
     applicable, but subsequently ceases to be a United States person shall 
     promptly notify the Borrower and the Agent and provide them either Form 
     1001 or Form 4224, as applicable. In addition, each Bank that is not a 
     United States person shall, from time to time, submit to the Borrower 
     and the Agent such additional duly completed and signed copies of one or 
     the other of such Forms (or such successor Forms as shall be adopted 
     from time to time by the relevant United States taxing authorities) as 
     may be (i) reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Agent and (ii) 
     required and permitted under then-current United States law or 
     regulations to avoid United States withholding taxes on payments in 
     respect of all payments to be received by such Bank hereunder. Upon the 
     request of the Borrower or the Agent, each Bank that is a United States 
     person (as such term is defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) 
     shall submit to the Borrower and the Agent a certificate in such form as 
     is reasonably satisfactory to the Borrower and the Agent to the effect 
     that it is such a United States person.

          (b)  INABILITY OF A BANK.  If any Bank that is not a United 
     States person (as such term is defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the 
     Code) determines that, as a result of any Regulatory Change, the 
     Borrower is required by law or regulation to make any deduction, 
     withholding or backup withholding of any taxes, levies, imposts, duties, 
     fees, liabilities or similar charges of the United States of America, 
     any possession or territory of the United States of America (including 
     the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico) or any area subject to the jurisdiction 
     of the United States of America ("U.S. TAXES") from any payments to a 
     Bank pursuant to any Loan Document in respect of the Obligations payable 
     to such Bank then or thereafter outstanding, the amount payable will be 
     increased to the amount which, after deduction from such increased 
     amount of all U.S. Taxes required to be withheld or deducted therefrom, 
     will yield the amount required under any Loan Document to be paid with 
     respect thereto; PROVIDED, that the Borrower shall not be required to 
     pay any additional amount pursuant to this Section 2.28(b) to any Bank 
     (i) that is not, either on the date this Agreement is executed by such 
     Bank or on the date such Bank becomes such under Section 9.6, either (x) 
     entitled to submit Form 1001 (relating to such Bank and entitling it to 
     a complete exemption from withholding on all payments to be received by 
     such Bank hereunder) or Form 4224 (relating to all payments to be 
     received by such Bank hereunder) or (y) a United States person (as such 
     term is defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code), or (ii) that has 
     failed to submit any form or certificate that it was required to file 
     pursuant to subsection (a) and entitled to file under applicable law or 
     (iii) arising from such Bank's failure to comply with any certification, 
     identification or other similar requirement under United States income 
     tax laws or regulations (including backup withholding) to establish 
     entitlement to exemption from such U.S. Taxes; and PROVIDED, FURTHER, 
     that if


                                     -29-

<PAGE>

     a Bank, as a result of any amount paid by the Borrower to such Bank 
     pursuant to this Section 2.28, shall realize a tax credit or refund, which 
     tax credit or refund would not have been realized but for the Borrower's 
     payment of such amount, such Bank shall pay to the Borrower an amount 
     equal to such tax credit or refund. Each Bank may determine the portion, 
     if any, of any tax credit or refund attributable to the Borrower's 
     payments using such attribution and accounting methods as such Bank 
     reasonably selects, and such Bank's determination of the portion of any 
     tax credit or refund attributable to the Borrower's payments shall be 
     conclusive in the absence of manifest error. The obligation of the 
     Borrower under this Section 2.28(b) shall survive the payment in full of 
     the Obligations and the termination of the Commitment of such Bank.

          (c)  SUBSTITUTION OF BANK.  In the event the Borrower is 
     required pursuant to this Section 2.28 to pay any additional amount to 
     any Bank, such Bank shall, if no Event of Default or Unmatured Event of 
     Default has occurred and is continuing, upon the request of the Borrower 
     to such Bank and the Agent, assign, pursuant to and in accordance with 
     the provisions of Section 9.6, all of its rights and obligations under 
     this Agreement and under such Bank's Note to another Bank or a 
     Transferee selected by the Borrower and reasonably satisfactory to the 
     Agent, in consideration for (i) the payment by such assignee to the 
     assigning Bank of the principal of, and interest accrued and unpaid to 
     the date of such assignment on, the Note of such Bank, (ii) the payment 
     by the Borrower to the assigning Bank of any and all other amounts owing 
     to such Bank under any provision of this Agreement accrued and unpaid to 
     the date of such assignment and (iii) the Borrower's release of the 
     assigning Bank from any further obligation or liability under this 
     Agreement. Upon any such assignment, the Borrower shall indemnify the 
     assigning Bank as provided in Section 2.26. Notwithstanding anything to 
     the contrary in this Section 2.28(c), in no event shall the replacement 
     of any Bank result in a decrease in the Aggregate Commitment Amounts 
     without the written consent of the Majority Banks.

                                  ARTICLE III

                             CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

     Section 3.1  CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO ALL LOANS AND LETTERS OF 
CREDIT.  The obligation of the Banks to make any Loans hereunder and of 
the Agent to issue each Letter of Credit shall be subject to the 
fulfillment of the following conditions:

          3.1(a)  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.  The representations and 
     warranties contained in Article IV shall be true and correct on and as of 
     the date of this Agreement and on the date of each Loan or the date of 
     issuance of 


                                     -30-

<PAGE>

     each Letter of Credit, with the same force and effect as if made on such 
     date, except for representations and warranties that are expressly made as 
     of a given date, which representations and warranties shall be true and 
     correct as of such date.

          3.1(b)   NO DEFAULT.  No Default or Event of Default shall have 
     occurred and be continuing on the date of this Agreement and on the date 
     of each Loan or the date of issuance of each Letter of Credit or will 
     exist after giving effect to the Loans made on such date or the Letter of 
     Credit so issued.

          3.1(c)  NOTICES AND REQUESTS.  The Agent shall have received the 
     Borrower's request for such Loans as required under Section 2.2 or its 
     application for such Letters of Credit specified under Section 2.9.

                                  ARTICLE IV

                        REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     To induce the Banks to enter into this Agreement and to make Loans 
hereunder and to induce the Agent to issue Letters of Credit, the Borrower 
represents and warrants to the Banks:

     Section 4.1  ORGANIZATION, STANDING, ETC.  The Borrower is a corporation 
duly incorporated and validly existing and in good standing under the laws of 
the jurisdiction of its incorporation and has all requisite corporate power 
and authority to carry on its business as now conducted, to enter into this 
Agreement and to issue the Notes and to perform its obligations under the 
Borrower Loan Documents. Each Subsidiary is a corporation duly incorporated 
and validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction 
of its incorporation and has all requisite corporate power and authority to 
carry on its business as now conducted.  Each of the Borrower and the 
Subsidiaries (a) holds all certificates of authority, licenses and permits 
necessary to carry on its business as presently conducted in each 
jurisdiction in which it is carrying on such business, except where the 
failure to hold such certificates, licenses or permits would not have a 
material adverse effect on the business, operations, property, assets or 
condition, financial or otherwise, of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries taken 
as a whole, and (b) is duly qualified and in good standing as a foreign 
corporation in each jurisdiction in which the character of the properties 
owned, leased or operated by it or the business conducted by it makes such 
qualification necessary and the failure so to qualify would permanently 
preclude the Borrower or such Subsidiary from enforcing its rights with 
respect to any assets or expose the Borrower or such Subsidiary to any 
liability, which in either case would be material to the Borrower and the 
Subsidiaries taken as a whole.


                                     -31-

<PAGE>

     Section 4.2 AUTHORIZATION AND VALIDITY.  The execution, delivery and 
performance by the Borrower of the Borrower Loan Documents have been duly 
authorized by all necessary corporate action by the Borrower, and this 
Agreement constitutes, and the Notes and other Borrower Loan Documents when 
executed will constitute, the legal, valid and binding obligations of the 
Borrower, enforceable against the Borrower in accordance with their 
respective terms, subject to limitations as to enforceability which might 
result from bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium and other similar laws 
affecting creditors' rights generally and subject to limitations on the 
availability of equitable remedies.

     Section 4.3  NO CONFLICT; NO DEFAULT.  The execution, delivery and 
performance by the Borrower of the Borrower Loan Documents will not (a) 
violate any provision of any law, statute, rule or regulation or any order, 
writ, judgment, injunction, decree, determination or award of any court, 
governmental agency or arbitrator presently in effect having applicability to 
the Borrower, (b) violate or contravene any provision of the Articles of 
Incorporation or bylaws of the Borrower, or (c) result in a breach of or 
constitute a default under any indenture, loan or credit agreement or any 
other agreement, lease or instrument to which the Borrower is a party or by 
which it or any of its properties may be bound or result in the creation of 
any Lien thereunder and which breach, default or Lien would have a material 
adverse effect on the business, operations, property, assets or condition 
(financial or otherwise) of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries taken as a 
whole.  Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary is in default under or in 
violation of any such law, statute, rule or regulation, order, writ, 
judgment, injunction, decree, determination or award or any such indenture, 
loan or credit agreement or other agreement, lease or instrument in any case 
in which the consequences of such default or violation could have a material 
adverse effect on the business, operations, properties, assets or condition 
(financial or otherwise) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a 
whole.

     Section 4.4  GOVERNMENT CONSENT.  No order, consent, approval, license, 
authorization or validation of, or filing, recording or registration with, or 
exemption by, any governmental or public body or authority is required on the 
part of the Borrower to authorize, or is required in connection with the 
execution, delivery and performance of, or the legality, validity, binding 
effect or enforceability of, the Borrower Loan Documents, except for any 
necessary filing or recordation of or with respect to any of the Security 
Documents.

     Section 4.5  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND CONDITION.  The Borrower's audited 
consolidated financial statements as at December 31, 1996 and its unaudited 
consolidated financial statements as at November __, 1997, as heretofore 
furnished to the Banks, have been prepared in accordance with GAAP on a 
consistent basis and fairly present the financial condition of the Borrower 
and its Subsidiaries as at such dates and the results of their operations and 
changes in financial position for


                                       -32-

<PAGE>

the respective periods then ended.  As of the dates of such financial 
statements, neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary had any material 
obligation, contingent liability, liability for taxes or long-term lease 
obligation which is not reflected in such financial statements or in the 
notes thereto.  Since November __, 1997 there has been no material adverse 
change in the business, operations, property, assets or condition, financial 
or otherwise, of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

     Section 4.6  LITIGATION.  There are no actions, suits or proceedings 
pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened against or affecting 
the Borrower or any Subsidiary or any of their properties before any court or 
arbitrator, or any governmental department, board, agency or other 
instrumentality which would have a material adverse effect on the business, 
operations, property or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower 
and the Subsidiaries taken as a whole or on the ability of the Borrower or 
any Subsidiary to perform its obligations under the Loan Documents.

     Section 4.7  ENVIRONMENTAL, HEALTH AND SAFETY LAWS.  There does not 
exist any violation by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of any applicable 
federal, state or local law, rule or regulation or order of any government, 
governmental department, board, agency or other instrumentality relating to 
environmental, pollution, health or safety matters which will or threatens to 
impose a material liability on the Borrower or a Subsidiary or which would 
require a material expenditure by the Borrower or such Subsidiary to cure.  
Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary has received any notice to the effect 
that any part of its operations or properties is not in material compliance 
with any such law, rule, regulation or order or notice that it or its 
property is the subject of any governmental investigation evaluating whether 
any remedial action is needed to respond to any release of any toxic or 
hazardous waste or substance into the environment, which noncompliance or 
remedial action could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse 
effect on the business, operations, properties, assets or condition 
(financial or otherwise) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a 
whole.

     Section 4.8  ERISA.  Each Plan is in substantial compliance with all
applicable requirements of ERISA and the Code and with all material applicable
rulings and regulations issued under the provisions of ERISA and the Code
setting forth those requirements.  No Reportable Event has occurred and is
continuing with respect to any Plan.  All of the minimum funding standards
applicable to such Plans have been satisfied and there exists no event or
condition which would reasonably be expected to result in the institution of
proceedings to terminate any Plan under Section 4042 of ERISA.  With respect to
each Plan subject to Title IV of ERISA, as of the most recent valuation date
for such Plan, the present value (determined on the basis of reasonable
assumptions employed by the independent actuary for such Plan


                                     -33-

<PAGE>

and previously furnished in writing to the Banks) of such Plan's projected 
benefit obligations did not exceed the fair market value of such Plan's 
assets.

     Section 4.9  FEDERAL RESERVE REGULATIONS.  Neither the Borrower nor any 
Subsidiary is engaged principally or as one of its important activities in 
the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying 
margin stock (as defined in Regulation U of the Board).  The value of all 
margin stock owned by the Borrower does not constitute more than 25% of the 
value of the assets of the Borrower.

     Section 4.10  TITLE TO PROPERTY; LEASES; LIENS; SUBORDINATION.  The 
Borrower has (a) good and marketable title to real properties owned by it and 
(b) good and sufficient title to, or valid, subsisting and enforceable 
leasehold interest in, its other material properties, including all real 
properties, other properties and assets, referred to as owned by the Borrower 
in the most recent financial statement referred to in Section 4.5 (other than 
property disposed of since the date of such financial statements in the 
ordinary course of business).  None of such properties is subject to a Lien, 
except as allowed under Section 6.13.  The Borrower has not subordinated any 
of its rights under any obligation owing to it to the rights of any other 
person.

     Section 4.11  TAXES.  Each of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries has 
filed all federal, state and local tax returns required to be filed and has 
paid or made provision for the payment of all taxes due and payable pursuant 
to such returns and pursuant to any assessments made against it or any of its 
property and all other taxes, fees and other charges imposed on it or any of 
its property by any governmental authority (other than taxes, fees or charges 
the amount or validity of which is currently being contested in good faith by 
appropriate proceedings and with respect to which reserves in accordance with 
GAAP have been provided on the books of the Borrower).  No tax Liens have 
been filed and no material claims are being asserted with respect to any such 
taxes, fees or charges.  The charges, accruals and reserves on the books of 
the Borrower in respect of taxes and other governmental charges are adequate 
and the Borrower knows of no proposed tax assessment against it or any 
Subsidiary which would have a material adverse effect on the business, 
operations, properties, assets or condition (financial or otherwise) of the 
Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

     Section 4.12  TRADEMARKS, PATENTS.  Each of the Borrower and the 
Subsidiaries possesses or has the right to use all of the patents, 
trademarks, trade names, service marks and copyrights, and applications 
therefor, and all technology, know-how, processes, methods and designs used 
in or necessary for the conduct of its business, without known conflict with 
the rights of others.

     Section 4.13  BURDENSOME RESTRICTIONS.  Neither the Borrower nor any 
Subsidiary is a party to or otherwise bound by any indenture, loan or credit 


                                     -34-

<PAGE>

agreement or any lease or other agreement or instrument or subject to any 
charter, corporate or partnership restriction which would foreseeably have a 
material adverse effect on the business, properties, assets, operations or 
condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower or such Subsidiary or on 
the ability of the Borrower or any Subsidiary to carry out its obligations 
under any Loan Document.

     Section 4.14  FORCE MAJEURE.  Since the date of the most recent 
financial statement referred to in Section 4.5, the business, properties and 
other assets of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries have not been materially 
and adversely affected in any way as the result of any fire or other 
casualty, strike, lockout, or other labor trouble, embargo, sabotage, 
confiscation, condemnation, riot, civil disturbance, activity of armed forces 
or act of God.

     Section 4.15  INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT.  Neither the Borrower nor any 
Subsidiary is an "investment company" or a company "controlled" by an 
investment company within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, 
as amended.

     Section 4.16  PUBLIC UTILITY HOLDING COMPANY ACT.  Neither the Borrower 
nor any Subsidiary is a "holding company" or a "subsidiary company" of a 
holding company or an "affiliate" of a holding company or of a subsidiary 
company of a holding company within the meaning of the Public Utility Holding 
Company Act of 1935, as amended.

     Section 4.17  RETIREMENT BENEFITS.  Except as required under Section 
4980B of the Code, Section 601 of ERISA or applicable state law, neither the 
Borrower nor any Subsidiary is obligated to provide post-retirement medical 
or insurance benefits with respect to employees or former employees.

     Section 4.18  FULL DISCLOSURE.  Subject to the following sentence, 
neither the financial statements referred to in Section 4.5 nor any other 
certificate, written statement, exhibit or report furnished by or on behalf 
of the Borrower in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement contains any 
untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact 
necessary in order to make the statements contained therein not misleading.  
Certificates or statements furnished by or on behalf of the Borrower to the 
Banks consisting of projections or forecasts of future results or events have 
been prepared in good faith and based on good faith estimates and assumptions 
of the management of the Borrower, and, as of the date of this Agreement 
(except as the Borrower has otherwise disclosed to the Banks in writing), the 
Borrower has no reason to believe that such projections or forecasts are not 
reasonable.

     Section 4.19  SUBSIDIARIES.  Exhibit 4.19 sets forth as of the date of 
this Agreement a list of all Subsidiaries and the number and percentage of 
the shares of 


                                     -35-

<PAGE>


each class of capital stock owned beneficially or of record by the
Borrower or any Subsidiary therein, and the jurisdiction of incorporation of
each Subsidiary.

                                   ARTICLE V

                             AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

     Until any obligation of the Banks hereunder to make the Loans and of the
Agent to issue Letters of Credit shall have expired or been terminated and the
Notes and all of the other Obligations have been paid in full and all
outstanding Letters of Credit shall have expired or the liability of the Agent
thereon shall have otherwise been discharged, unless the Majority Banks shall
otherwise consent in writing:

     Section 5.1  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND REPORTS.  The Borrower will furnish
to the Banks:

          5.1(a)  As soon as available and in any event within 90 days after
     the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, the audited consolidated
     financial statements of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries consisting of at
     least statements of income, cash flow and changes in stockholders' equity,
     and a balance sheet as at the end of such year, setting forth in each case
     in comparative form corresponding figures from the previous annual audit,
     together with an unqualified opinion with respect to such audited
     financial statements from Arthur Andersen LLP or other independent
     certified public accountants of recognized national standing selected by
     the Borrower and acceptable to the Agent, together with any management
     letters and written supplementary reports of a material nature furnished
     to the Borrower or its board of directors by such accountants.

          5.1(b)  Together with the audited financial statements required under
     Section 5.1(a), a statement by the accounting firm performing such audit
     to the effect that it has reviewed this Agreement and that in the course
     of performing its examination nothing came to its attention that caused it
     to believe that any Default or Event of Default exists, or, if such
     Default or Event of Default exists, describing its nature.

          5.1(c)  As soon as available and in any event within 30 days after
     the end of each fiscal month, an unaudited consolidated statement of
     income for the Borrower and the Subsidiaries for such fiscal month and for
     the period from the beginning of such fiscal year to the end of such
     fiscal month, and a balance sheet of the Borrower as at the end of such
     month, setting forth in comparative form figures for the preceding fiscal
     year.


                                     -36-

<PAGE>


          5.1(d)  As soon as available and in any event within 45 days after
     the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of
     the Borrower, (i) an unaudited consolidated statement of income for the
     Borrower and the Subsidiaries for such quarter and for the period from the
     beginning of such fiscal year to the end of such fiscal quarter, setting
     forth in comparative form figures for the corresponding period for the
     preceding fiscal year, (ii) an unaudited consolidated statement of cash
     flow for the Borrower and the Subsidiaries for the period from the
     beginning of such fiscal year to the end of such fiscal quarter, setting
     forth in comparative form figures for the corresponding period for the
     preceding fiscal year, (iii) a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower
     and the Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal quarter, setting forth
     in comparative form figures for the preceding fiscal year, and (iv) a
     certificate signed by the Chief Financial Officer or Director of Treasury
     of the Borrower stating that, to the best knowledge of such officer, such
     financial statements present fairly the consolidated financial condition
     of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries and that the same have been prepared
     in accordance with GAAP except for the omission of footnotes and subject
     to year-end adjustments.

          5.1(e)  Together with each of the annual and quarterly financial
     statements required under Sections 5.1(a) and 5.1(d), a Compliance
     Certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 5.1(e) signed by the
     Chief Financial Officer or Director of Treasury of the Borrower
     demonstrating in reasonable detail compliance (or noncompliance, as the
     case may be) with Sections 6.6, 6.8, 6.15, 6.16, 6.17, 6.18 and 6.19 as at
     the end of such quarter and stating that, to the best knowledge of such
     officer, as at the end of such quarter there did not exist any Default or
     Event of Default or, if such Default or Event of Default existed,
     specifying the nature and period of existence thereof and what action the
     Borrower proposes to take with respect thereto.

          5.1(f)  As soon as practicable and in any event within 20 days after
     the end of each fiscal month, a Borrowing Base Certificate signed by the
     Chief Financial Officer or Director of Treasury of the Borrower, reporting
     the Borrowing Base as of the last day of the fiscal month just ended.

          5.1(g)  As soon as practicable and in any event within 45 days after
     the beginning of each fiscal year of the Borrower, statements of
     forecasted consolidated income and forecasted consolidated cash flow for
     the Borrower and the Subsidiaries for each fiscal quarter in such fiscal
     year and a forecasted consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and the
     Subsidiaries, together with supporting assumptions, as at the end of each
     fiscal quarter, all in reasonable detail and reasonably satisfactory in
     scope to Majority Banks.


                                     -37-

<PAGE>


          5.1(h)  Immediately upon any Responsible Officer of the Borrower
     becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, a notice describing the
     nature thereof and what action the Borrower proposes to take with respect
     thereto.

          5.1(i)  Immediately upon any Responsible Officer of the Borrower
     becoming aware of the occurrence, with respect to any Plan, of any
     Reportable Event or any Prohibited Transaction, a notice specifying the
     nature thereof and what action the Borrower proposes to take with respect
     thereto, and, when received, copies of any notice from PBGC of intention
     to terminate or have a trustee appointed for any Plan.

          5.1(j)  Promptly upon the mailing or filing thereof, copies of all
     financial statements, reports and proxy statements mailed to the
     Borrower's shareholders, and copies of all registration statements,
     periodic reports and other documents filed with the Securities and
     Exchange Commission (or any successor thereto) or any national securities
     exchange.

          5.1(k)  Immediately upon any member of the Borrower's Board of
     Directors ceasing to be such member, and immediately upon any person
     becoming a member of the Borrower's Board of Directors, a notice
     disclosing such fact and identifying the member who has ceased to be such
     or who has become such, as the case may be.

          5.1(l)  From time to time, such other information regarding the
     business, operation and financial condition of the Borrower and the
     Subsidiaries as any Bank may reasonably request.

     Section 5.2  CORPORATE EXISTENCE.  The Borrower will maintain, and cause
each Subsidiary to maintain,  its corporate existence in good standing under
the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation and its qualification to transact
business in each jurisdiction where failure so to qualify would permanently
preclude the Borrower or such Subsidiary from enforcing its rights with respect
to any material asset or would expose the Borrower or such Subsidiary to any
material liability; provided, however, that nothing herein shall prohibit the
merger or liquidation of any Subsidiary allowed under Section 6.1.

     Section 5.3  INSURANCE.  The Borrower shall maintain, and shall cause each
Subsidiary to maintain, with financially sound and reputable insurance
companies such insurance as may be required by law and such other insurance in
such amounts and against such hazards as is customary in the case of reputable
firms engaged in the same or similar business and similarly situated.  The
Agent shall be named as an additional insured and as an additional loss payee
of such insurance, 


                                     -38-

<PAGE>


shall be entitled to receive at least 30 days prior written notice of 
cancellation thereof, and shall receive certificates evidencing such 
insurance.

     Section 5.4  PAYMENT OF TAXES AND CLAIMS.  The Borrower shall file, and 
cause each Subsidiary to file, all tax returns and reports which are required 
by law to be filed by it and will pay, and cause each Subsidiary to pay, 
before they become delinquent all taxes, assessments and governmental charges 
and levies imposed upon it or its property and all claims or demands of any 
kind (including but not limited to those of suppliers, mechanics, carriers, 
warehouses, landlords and other like Persons) which, if unpaid, might result 
in the creation of a Lien upon its property; provided that the foregoing 
items need not be paid if they are being contested in good faith by 
appropriate proceedings, and as long as the Borrower's or such Subsidiary's 
title to its property is not materially adversely affected, its use of such 
property in the ordinary course of its business is not materially interfered 
with and adequate reserves with respect thereto have been set aside on the 
Borrower's or such Subsidiary's books in accordance with GAAP.

     Section 5.5  INSPECTION; COLLATERAL AUDITS.  (a)  The Borrower shall
permit, and shall cause each Subsidiary to permit, any Person designated by the
Agent or the Majority Banks to visit and inspect any of the properties,
corporate books and financial records of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries, to
examine and to make copies of the books of accounts and other financial records
of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries, and to discuss the affairs, finances and
accounts of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries with, and to be advised as to the
same by, its officers at such reasonable times, during normal business hours,
and intervals as the Agent or the Majority Banks may designate.  So long as no
Event of Default  exists, the expenses of the Agent or the Banks for such
visits, inspections and examinations shall be at the expense of the Agent and
the Banks, but any such visits, inspections and examinations made while any
Event of Default is continuing shall be at the expense of the Borrower.

          (b)  Without limiting the foregoing, the Borrower will allow the
     Agent to perform collateral audits from time to time by a Person or
     Persons selected by the Agent.  Unless an Event of Default has occurred,
     the Borrower shall be obligated to pay for only one such collateral audit
     per year and the Agent and the Banks shall bear the expense of any
     additional collateral audits.  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the
     Agent may conduct  collateral audits at any time if an Event of Default
     has occurred which is continuing, and the cost of any such audits shall be
     paid by the Borrower.

          (c)  Any Bank may, at its own expense and at no additional expense to
     the Borrower, participate in any inspection or audit conducted by or at
     the direction of the Agent or the Majority Banks pursuant to this Section
     5.5.


                                     -39-

<PAGE>


     Section 5.6  MAINTENANCE OF PROPERTIES.  The Borrower will maintain, and
cause each Subsidiary to maintain, its properties used or useful in the conduct
of its business in good condition, repair and working order, and supplied with
all necessary equipment, and make all necessary repairs, renewals,
replacements, betterments and improvements thereto, all as may be necessary so
that the business carried on in connection therewith may be conducted in the
normal course.

     Section 5.7  BOOKS AND RECORDS.  The Borrower will keep, and will cause
each Subsidiary to keep, adequate and proper records and books of account in
which full and correct entries will be made of its dealings, business and
affairs.

     Section 5.8  COMPLIANCE.  The Borrower will comply, and will cause each
Subsidiary to comply, in all material respects with all laws, rules,
regulations, orders, writs, judgments, injunctions, decrees or awards to which
it may be subject; provided, however, that failure so to comply shall not be a
breach of this covenant if such failure does not have, or is not reasonably
expected to have, a material adverse effect on the properties, business,
prospects or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower and the
Subsidiaries taken as a whole and the Borrower or such Subsidiary is either (a)
acting in good faith and with reasonable dispatch to cure such noncompliance or
(b) appealing or contesting in good faith and by appropriate proceedings the
validity or applicability as to the Borrower or such Subsidiary of the law,
rule, regulation, order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree or award as to
which such noncompliance is asserted  and as long as the Borrower's or such
Subsidiary's title to its property is not materially adversely affected, its
use of such property in the ordinary course of its business is not materially
interfered with and adequate reserves with respect thereto have been set aside
on the Borrower's or such Subsidiary's books in accordance with GAAP.

     Section 5.9  NOTICE OF LITIGATION.  The Borrower will give prompt written
notice to the Agent of the commencement of any action, suit or proceeding
before any court or arbitrator or any governmental department, board, agency or
other instrumentality affecting the Borrower or any Subsidiary or any property
of the Borrower or a Subsidiary or to which the Borrower or a Subsidiary is a
party in which an adverse determination or result could have a material adverse
effect on the business, operations, property or condition (financial or
otherwise) of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries taken as a whole or on the
ability of the Borrower or any Subsidiary to perform its obligations under this
Agreement and the other Loan Documents, stating the nature and status of such
action, suit or proceeding.

     Section 5.10  ERISA.  The Borrower will maintain, and will cause each
Subsidiary to maintain, each Plan in compliance with all material applicable
requirements of ERISA and of the Code and with all applicable rulings and
regulations issued under the provisions of ERISA and of the Code and will not
and not permit any of the ERISA Affiliates to (a) engage in any transaction in
connection 


                                     -40-

<PAGE>

with which the Borrower or any of the ERISA Affiliates would be
subject to either a civil penalty assessed pursuant to Section 502(i) of ERISA
or a tax imposed by Section 4975 of the Code, in either case in an amount
exceeding $50,000, (b) fail to make full payment when due of all amounts which,
under the provisions of any Plan, the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate is
required to pay as contributions thereto, or permit to exist any accumulated
funding deficiency (as such term is defined in Section 302 of ERISA and Section
412 of the Code), whether or not waived, with respect to any Plan in an
aggregate amount exceeding $50,000 or (c) fail to make any payments in an
aggregate amount exceeding $50,000 to any Multiemployer Plan that the Borrower
or any of the ERISA Affiliates may be required to make under any agreement
relating to such Multiemployer Plan or any law pertaining thereto.

     Section 5.11  ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS; REPORTING.  The Borrower will observe
and comply with, and cause each Subsidiary to observe and comply with, all
laws, rules, regulations and orders of any government or government agency
relating to health, safety, pollution, hazardous materials or other
environmental matters to the extent noncompliance could result in a material
liability or otherwise have a material adverse effect on the Borrower and the
Subsidiaries taken as a whole.  The Borrower will give the Agent prompt written
notice of any violation as to any environmental matter by the Borrower or any
Subsidiary and of the commencement of any judicial or administrative proceeding
relating to health, safety or environmental matters (a) in which an adverse
determination or result could result in the revocation of or have a material
adverse effect on any operating permits, air emission permits, water discharge
permits, hazardous waste permits or other permits held by the Borrower or any
Subsidiary which are material to the operations of the Borrower and the
Subsidiaries taken as a whole, or (b) which will or threatens to impose a
material liability on the Borrower or such Subsidiary to any Person or which
will require an expenditure by the Borrower or such Subsidiary to cure any
alleged problem or violation which is a material expense for the Borrower or
the Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

     Section 5.12  FURTHER ASSURANCES.  The Borrower shall promptly correct any
defect or error that may be discovered in any Loan Document or in the
execution, acknowledgment or recordation thereof.  Promptly upon request by the
Agent or the Majority Banks, the Borrower also shall do, execute, acknowledge,
deliver, record, re-record, file, re-file, register and re-register, any and
all deeds, conveyances, mortgages, deeds of trust, trust deeds, assignments,
estoppel certificates, financing statements and continuations thereof, notices
of assignment, transfers, certificates, assurances and other instruments as the
Agent or the Majority Banks may reasonable require from time to time in order:
(a) to carry out more effectively the purposes of the Loan Documents; (b) to
perfect and maintain the validity, effectiveness and priority of any security
interests intended to be created by the Loan Documents including, without
limitation, the delivery of a landlord waiver from any landlord required by the
Agent or the Majority Banks; and (c) to better assure, 


                                     -41-

<PAGE>


convey, grant, assign, transfer, preserve, protect and confirm unto the Banks 
the rights granted now or hereafter intended to be granted to the Banks under 
any Loan Document or under any other instrument executed in connection with 
any Loan Document or that the Borrower may be or become bound to convey, 
mortgage or assign to the Agent for the benefit of the Banks in order to 
carry out the intention or facilitate the performance of the provisions of 
any Loan Document.  The Borrower shall furnish to the Banks evidence 
satisfactory to the Majority Banks of every such recording, filing or 
registration.

                                  ARTICLE VI

                              NEGATIVE COVENANTS

     Until any obligation of the Banks hereunder to make the Loans and of the
Agent to issue Letters of Credit shall have expired or been terminated and the
Notes and all of the other Obligations have been paid in full and all
outstanding Letters of Credit shall have expired or the liability of the Agent
thereon shall have otherwise been discharged, unless the Majority Banks shall
otherwise consent in writing:

     Section 6.1  MERGER.  The Borrower will not merge or consolidate or enter
into any analogous reorganization or transaction with any Person or liquidate,
wind up or dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation or dissolution) or permit
any Subsidiary to do any of the foregoing; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, any Subsidiary
may be merged with or liquidated into the Borrower or any wholly-owned
Subsidiary (if the Borrower or such wholly-owned Subsidiary is the surviving
corporation).

     Section 6.2  DISPOSITION OF ASSETS.  The Borrower will not, and will not
permit any Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, sell, assign, lease, convey,
transfer or otherwise dispose of (whether in one transaction or a series of
transactions) any property (including accounts and notes receivable, with or
without recourse) or enter into any agreement to do any of the foregoing,
except:

          6.2(a)  dispositions of inventory, or used, worn-out or surplus
     equipment and computer software, all in the ordinary course of business;

          6.2(b)  the sale or other disposition of equipment and computer
     software to the extent that such equipment or computer software, as the
     case may be, is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar
     replacement equipment or computer software, or the proceeds of such sale
     are applied with reasonable promptness to the purchase price of such
     replacement equipment or computer software;

          6.2(c)  the sale by the Borrower to an entity which is not an
     Affiliate of the Borrower pursuant to an arm's length transaction, of the
     parking lots 


                                     -42-

<PAGE>


     surrounding its principal offices located in Brooklyn Park, Minnesota, 
     which real estate is more particularly described on Exhibit 6.2(c) 
     attached hereto;

          6.2(d)  other dispositions of property whose net book value in the
     aggregate does not exceed $750,000 in any fiscal year of the Borrower.

     Section 6.3  PLANS.  The Borrower will not permit, and will not allow any
Subsidiary to permit, any event to occur or condition to exist which would
permit any Plan to terminate under any circumstances which would cause the Lien
provided for in Section 4068 of ERISA to attach to any assets of the Borrower
or any Subsidiary; and the Borrower will not permit, as of the most recent
valuation date for any Plan subject to Title IV of ERISA, the present value
(determined on the basis of reasonable assumptions employed by the independent
actuary for such Plan and previously furnished in writing to the Banks) of such
Plan's projected benefit obligations to exceed the fair market value of such
Plan's assets.

     Section 6.4  CHANGE IN NATURE OF BUSINESS.  The Borrower will not, and
will not permit any Subsidiary to, make any change in the nature of its
business which would cause the nature of the business of the Borrower and the
Subsidiaries taken as a whole, to be materially different from the business of
the Borrower, Texas Telemarketing, Inc. and Damark Financial Services, Inc. as
carried on at the date hereof.

     Section 6.5  NEGATIVE PLEDGES.  The Borrower will not, and will not permit
any Subsidiary to:  (a) enter into any agreement, bond, note or other
instrument with or for the benefit of any Person other than the Banks which
would (i) prohibit the Borrower or such Subsidiary from granting, or otherwise
limit the ability of the Borrower or such Subsidiary to grant, to the Agent or
the Banks any Lien on any assets or properties of the Borrower or such
Subsidiary, or (ii) require the Borrower or such Subsidiary to grant a Lien to
any other Person if the Borrower or such Subsidiary grants any Lien to the
Agent or the Banks, or (b) place or allow any restriction, directly or
indirectly, on the ability of any Subsidiary to (i) pay dividends or any
distributions on or with respect to such Subsidiary's capital stock or (ii)
make loans or other cash payments to the Borrower.

     Section 6.6  RESTRICTED PAYMENTS.  The Borrower will not make any
Restricted Payments other than (a) the payment of the purchase price of capital
stock of the Borrower owned by Mark Cohn solely from the proceeds of key man
life insurance on his life, and (b) the payment of the purchase price for other
capital stock of the Borrower repurchased by the Borrower, provided that the
aggregate purchase price paid by the Borrower for capital stock of Borrower
repurchased under this clause (b) shall not exceed (i) $6,000,000 during the
period beginning on March 22, 1996 and ending March 21, 1997 or (ii) $5,000,000
during any period of 365 or 366 days, as the 


                                     -43-

<PAGE>


case may be, which begins on any date occurring after March 21, 1997 and ends 
on the day preceding the same date in the following calendar year.

     Section 6.7  TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES.  The Borrower will not, and
will not permit any Subsidiary to, enter into any transaction with any
Affiliate of the Borrower (other than a transaction constituting a Restricted
Payment permitted under Section 6.6), except upon fair and reasonable terms no
less favorable to the Borrower or such Subsidiary than would obtain in a
comparable arm's-length transaction with a Person not an Affiliate.

     Section 6.8  ACCOUNTING CHANGES.  The Borrower will not, and will not
permit any Subsidiary to, make any significant change in accounting treatment
or reporting practices, except as required by GAAP, or change its fiscal year
or the fiscal year of any Subsidiary.

     Section 6.9  CAPITAL EXPENDITURES.  The Borrower will not, and will not
permit any Subsidiary to, make Capital Expenditures in an amount exceeding, on
a consolidated basis, (a) $11,500,000 in its fiscal year ending December 31,
1997 or (b) $10,000,000 in its fiscal year ending December 31, 1998 or in any
fiscal year thereafter; provided, however, that Capital Expenditures made, with
the prior written consent of the Majority Banks, from equity capital
specifically raised by the Borrower for the purpose of making such Capital
Expenditures shall not be subject to the foregoing limitations.

     Section 6.10  SUBORDINATED DEBT.  The Borrower will not, and will not
permit any Subsidiary to, (a) make any scheduled payment of the principal of or
interest on any Subordinated Debt which would be prohibited by the terms of
such Subordinated Debt and any related subordination agreement; (b) directly or
indirectly make any prepayment on or purchase, redeem or defease any
Subordinated Debt or offer to do so (whether such prepayment, purchase or
redemption, or offer with respect thereto, is voluntary or mandatory); (c)
amend or cancel the subordination provisions applicable to any Subordinated
Debt; (d) take or omit to take any action if as a result of such action or
omission the subordination of such Subordinated Debt, or any part thereof, to
the Obligations might be terminated, impaired or adversely affected; or (e)
omit to give the Agent prompt notice of any notice received from any holder of
Subordinated Debt, or any trustee therefor, or of any default under any
agreement or instrument relating to any Subordinated Debt by reason whereof
such Subordinated Debt might become or be declared to be due or payable.

     Section 6.11  INVESTMENTS.  The Borrower will not, and will not permit any
Subsidiary to, acquire for value, make, have or hold any Investments, except:

          6.11(a)  Investments existing on the date of this Agreement.


                                     -44-

<PAGE>


          6.11(b)  Travel advances to management personnel and employees in the
     ordinary course of business.

          6.11(c)  Investments in readily marketable direct obligations issued
     or guaranteed by the United States or any agency thereof and supported by
     the full faith and credit of the United States.

          6.11(d)  Certificates of deposit or bankers' acceptances issued by
     any commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States or any
     State thereof which has (i) combined capital and surplus of at least
     $100,000,000, and (ii) a credit rating with respect to its unsecured
     indebtedness from a nationally recognized rating service that is
     satisfactory to the Agent.

          6.11(e)  Commercial paper given the highest rating by a nationally
     recognized rating service.

          6.11(f)  Repurchase agreements relating to securities issued or
     guaranteed as to principal and interest by the United States of America.

          6.11(g)  Other readily marketable Investments in debt securities
     which are reasonably acceptable to the Majority Banks.

          6.11(h)  Capital Expenditures permitted under Section 6.9.

          6.11(i)  Investments in the Subsidiaries as of the date of this
     Agreement and Investments in Subsidiaries acquired or formed after the
     date hereof in accordance with Section 6.21.

          6.11(j)  Any other Investments if the aggregate consideration
     therefor does not exceed $500,000 in any fiscal year.

Any Investments under clauses (c), (d), (e) or (f) above must mature within one
year of the acquisition thereof by the Borrower or a Subsidiary.

     Section 6.12  INDEBTEDNESS.  The Borrower will not, and will not permit
any Subsidiary to, incur, create, issue, assume or suffer to exist any
Indebtedness, except:

          6.12(a)  The Obligations.

          6.12(b)  Liabilities, other than for borrowed money, incurred in the
     ordinary course of business.



                                     -45-

<PAGE>

          6.12(c)  Indebtedness existing on the date of this Agreement and
     disclosed on Exhibit 6.12 hereto, but not including any extension or
     refinancing thereof.

          6.12(d)  Indebtedness secured by Liens permitted under Section 6.13
     hereof.

          6.12(e)  Other Indebtedness not to exceed $750,000 in aggregate
     principal amount at any time outstanding.

     Section 6.13  LIENS.  The Borrower will not, and will not permit any
Subsidiary to, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien, or enter
into, or make any commitment to enter into, any arrangement for the acquisition
of any property through conditional sale, lease-purchase or other title
retention agreements, with respect to any property now owned or hereafter
acquired by the Borrower or a Subsidiary, except:

          6.13(a)  Liens granted to the Agent and the Banks under the Security
     Documents to secure the Obligations.

          6.13(b)  Liens existing on the date of this Agreement and disclosed
     on Exhibit 6.13 hereto.

          6.13(c)  Deposits or pledges to secure payment of workers'
     compensation, unemployment insurance, old age pensions or other social
     security obligations, in the ordinary course of business of the Borrower
     or a Subsidiary.

          6.13(d)  Liens for taxes, fees, assessments and governmental charges
     not delinquent or to the extent that payment therefor shall not at the
     time be required to be made in accordance with the provisions of Section
     5.4.

          6.13(e)  Liens of carriers, warehousemen, mechanics and materialmen,
     and other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business, for sums
     not due or to the extent that payment therefor shall not at the time be
     required to be made in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.4.

          6.13(f)  Liens incurred or deposits or pledges made or given in
     connection with, or to secure payment of, indemnity, performance or other
     similar bonds.

          6.13(g)  Liens arising solely by virtue of any statutory or common
     law provision relating to banker's liens, rights of set-off or similar
     rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with
     a creditor 


                                     -46-

<PAGE>


     depository institution; PROVIDED THAT (i) such deposit account is not 
     a dedicated cash collateral account and is not subject to restriction 
     against access by the Borrower or a Subsidiary in excess of those set 
     forth by regulations promulgated by the Board, and (ii) such deposit 
     account is not intended by the Borrower or any Subsidiary to provide 
     collateral to the depository institution.

          6.13(h)  Encumbrances in the nature of zoning restrictions, easements
     and rights or restrictions of record on the use of real property and
     landlord's Liens under leases on the premises rented, which do not
     materially detract from the value of such property or impair the use
     thereof in the business of the Borrower or a Subsidiary.

          6.13(i)  The interest of any lessor under any Capitalized Lease
     entered into after the Closing Date or purchase money Liens on property
     acquired after the Closing Date; provided, that, (i) the Indebtedness
     secured thereby is otherwise permitted by this Agreement and (ii) such
     Liens are limited to the property acquired and do not secure Indebtedness
     other than the related Capitalized Lease Obligations or the purchase price
     of such property.

     Section 6.14  CONTINGENT LIABILITIES.  The Borrower will not, and will not
permit any Subsidiary to, be or become liable on any Contingent Obligations
except Contingent Obligations existing on the date of this Agreement and
described on Exhibit 6.14 and except for guaranties by the Borrower or a
Subsidiary of the Indebtedness of a Subsidiary if such Indebtedness is
permitted to be incurred by such Subsidiary under Section 6.12.

     Section 6.15  TANGIBLE NET WORTH.  The Borrower will not permit its
Tangible Net Worth to be less than:  (a) as of the last day of the Borrower's
1997 fiscal year, an amount equal to the sum of (i) $50,551,000 plus (ii) 75%
of the cumulative consolidated net income of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries,
if positive, for the period from the beginning of the 1997 fiscal year to the
last day of the 1997 fiscal year; (b) as of the last day of any fiscal quarter
in the 1998 fiscal year, an amount equal to the sum of (i) the minimum Tangible
Net Worth requirement determined under the preceding clause (a) as of the last
day of the 1997 fiscal year plus (ii) 75% of the cumulative consolidated net
income of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries, if positive, for the period from
the beginning of the 1998 fiscal year to the last day of such fiscal quarter;
(c) as of the last day of any fiscal quarter in the 1999 fiscal year, an amount
equal to the sum of (i) the minimum Tangible Net Worth requirement determined
under the preceding clause (b) as of the last day of the 1998 fiscal year plus
(ii) 75% of the cumulative consolidated net income of the Borrower and the
Subsidiaries, if positive, for the period from the beginning of the 1999 fiscal
year to the last day of such fiscal quarter; and (d) as of the last day of any
fiscal quarter in the 2000 fiscal year, an amount equal to the sum of (i) the
minimum Tangible Net Worth requirement determined under the preceding clause
(c) as of the last day of 


                                     -47-

<PAGE>


the 1999 fiscal  plus (ii) 75% of the cumulative consolidated net income of 
the Borrower and the Subsidiaries, if positive, for the period from the 
beginning of the 2000 fiscal year to the last day of such fiscal quarter.

     Section 6.16  FIXED CHARGE COVERAGE RATIO.  The Borrower will not permit
the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, as of any date set forth below, for the four
consecutive fiscal quarters ending on that date, to be less than the ratio set
opposite that date:

         FOUR-QUARTER                    MINIMUM FIXED CHARGE
         PERIOD ENDING                      COVERAGE RATIO
         -------------                   --------------------
           12/31/97, 3/31/98,
           6/30/98 and 9/30/98               1.10 to 1.00
           12/31/98 and thereafter           1.20 to 1.00

     Section 6.17  RATIO OF TOTAL FUNDED DEBT TO EBITDA.  The Borrower will not
permit the ratio of Total Funded Debt to EBITDA as of the last day of any
fiscal quarter, commencing December 31, 1997, for the period of four consecutive
fiscal quarters ending on that day, to exceed 3.00 to 1.00.

     Section 6.18  TRADE SUPPORT RATIO.  The Borrower will not permit the ratio
of (a) its trade accounts payable to inventory vendors TO (b) its inventory as
of the last day of any fiscal quarter, commencing December 31, 1997, to be less
than 0.475 to 1.00.

     Section 6.19  EBITDA.  The Borrower will not permit EBITDA as of the last
day of any fiscal quarter, commencing December 31, 1997, for the period of four
consecutive fiscal quarters ending on such day, to be less than $12,000,000.

     Section 6.20  LOAN PROCEEDS.   The Borrower will not, and will not permit
any Subsidiary to, use any part of the proceeds of any Loan or Advances
directly or indirectly, and whether immediately, incidentally or ultimately,
(a) to purchase or carry margin stock (as defined in Regulation U of the Board)
or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin
stock or to refund Indebtedness originally incurred for such purpose or (b) for
any purpose which entails a violation of, or which is inconsistent with, the
provisions of Regulations G, U or X of the Board.

     Section 6.21  SUBSIDIARIES.  After the date of this Agreement, the
Borrower will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, form or acquire any
corporation which would thereby become a Subsidiary unless:

           (a)  100% of the shares of capital stock of such Subsidiary are
     owned by the Borrower directly or indirectly through one or more
     Subsidiaries 100% of the capital stock of each of which is owned either
     directly or indirectly by the 


                                     -48-

<PAGE>


     Borrower and which shares have been pledged to the Bank as required by 
     clause (b) of this Section 6.21;

           (b)  100% of the shares of capital stock of such Subsidiary are
     pledged to the Bank either under the Pledge Agreement, if such shares are
     owned directly by the Borrower, or under a Guarantor Pledge Agreement to
     be executed by the immediate parent of such Subsidiary, if such shares are
     owned by the Borrower through one or more Subsidiaries as described in
     clause (a) of this Section 6.21;

           (c)   such Subsidiary executes and delivers to the Bank (i) a
     Guaranty, (ii) a Guarantor Pledge Agreement (if such Subsidiary owns the
     shares of another Subsidiary), and (iii) a Guarantor Security Agreement;

           (d)  the Borrower, such Subsidiary and, if applicable, the parent of
     such Subsidiary execute and deliver any and all amendments to the Security
     Documents, any and all Uniform Commercial Code financing statements or
     amendments thereto and any other instruments and documents which the Agent
     may require to establish, evidence and/or perfect any security interest
     granted to the Agent pursuant to this Section 6.21, all of which shall be
     in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent.

If any portion of the property which is subject to the lien of the Mortgage is
transferred to a Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall at the time and as a
condition of such transfer, execute and deliver to the Agent for the benefit of
the Banks a  Guarantor Mortgage covering such property, and the provisions of
Section 7.4 relating to the recording of the Mortgage and the obtaining of a
land survey, a mortgagee's policy of title insurance, and an environmental
survey shall be applicable to such Guarantor Mortgage and the property covered
thereby.

                                  ARTICLE VII

                        EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

     Section 7.1  EVENTS OF DEFAULT.  The occurrence of any one or more of the
following events shall constitute an Event of Default:

           7.1(a)  The Borrower shall fail to make when due, whether by
     acceleration or otherwise, any payment of principal of or interest on any
     Note or any other Obligation required to be made to the Agent or any Bank
     pursuant to this Agreement and such failure shall continue for five (5)
     calendar days.


                                     -49-

<PAGE>


           7.1(b)  Any representation or warranty made by or on behalf of the
     Borrower or any Subsidiary in this Agreement or any other Loan Document or
     by or on behalf of the Borrower or any Subsidiary in any certificate,
     statement, report or document herewith or hereafter furnished to any Bank
     or the Agent pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall
     prove to have been false or misleading in any material respect on the date
     as of which the facts set forth are stated or certified.

           7.1(c)  The Borrower shall fail to comply with Sections 5.2 or 5.3
     hereof or any Section of Article VI hereof.

           7.1(d)  The Borrower shall fail to comply with any other agreement,
     covenant, condition, provision or term contained in this Agreement (other
     than those hereinabove set forth in this Section 7.1) and such failure to
     comply shall continue for 30 calendar days after whichever of the
     following dates is the earliest:  (i) the date the Borrower gives notice
     of such failure to the Banks, (ii) the date the Borrower should have given
     notice of such failure to the Banks pursuant to Section 5.1, or (iii) the
     date the Agent or any Bank gives notice of such failure to the Borrower.

           7.1(e)  Any default (however denominated or defined) shall occur
     under any Security Document or under any Mortgage or Indemnification
     Agreement provided by the Borrower pursuant to Section 7.4 and such
     default is not cured within any applicable grace period provided for
     therein.

           7.1(f)  The Borrower or any Subsidiary shall become insolvent or
     shall generally not pay its debts as they mature or shall apply for, shall
     consent to, or shall acquiesce in the appointment of a custodian, trustee
     or receiver of the Borrower or any Subsidiary or for a substantial part of
     the property thereof or, in the absence of such application, consent or
     acquiescence, a custodian, trustee or receiver shall be appointed for the
     Borrower or a Subsidiary or for a substantial part of the property thereof
     and shall not be discharged within 45 days, or the Borrower or any
     Subsidiary shall make an assignment for the benefit of creditors.

           7.1(g)  Any bankruptcy, reorganization, debt arrangement or other
     proceedings under any bankruptcy or insolvency law shall be instituted by
     or against the Borrower or any Subsidiary, and, if instituted against the
     Borrower or any Subsidiary, shall have been consented to or acquiesced in
     by the Borrower or such Subsidiary, or shall remain undismissed for 60
     days, or an order for relief shall have been entered against the Borrower
     or such Subsidiary.


                                     -50-
<PAGE>

           7.1(h)  Any dissolution or liquidation proceeding not permitted by
     Section 6.1 shall be instituted by or against the Borrower or a
     Subsidiary, and, if instituted against the Borrower or any Subsidiary,
     shall be consented to or acquiesced in by the Borrower or such Subsidiary
     or shall remain for 45 days undismissed.

           7.1(i)  A judgment or judgments for the payment of money in excess
     of the sum of $500,000 in the aggregate shall be rendered against the
     Borrower or a Subsidiary and either (i) the judgment creditor executes on
     such judgment or (ii) such judgment remains unpaid or undischarged for
     more than 60 days from the date of entry thereof or such longer period
     during which execution of such judgment shall be stayed during an appeal
     from such judgment.

           7.1(j)  The maturity of any material Indebtedness of the Borrower
     (other than Indebtedness under this Agreement) or a Subsidiary shall be
     accelerated, or the Borrower or a Subsidiary shall fail to pay any such
     material Indebtedness when due (after the lapse of any applicable grace
     period) or, in the case of such Indebtedness payable on demand, when
     demanded (after the lapse of any applicable grace period), or any event
     shall occur or condition shall exist and shall continue for more than the
     period of grace, if any, applicable thereto and shall have the effect of
     causing, or permitting the holder of any such Indebtedness or any trustee 
     or other Person acting on behalf of such holder to cause, such material
     Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity or to realize upon
     any collateral given as security therefor.  For purposes of this Section,
     Indebtedness of the Borrower or a Subsidiary shall be deemed "material" if
     it exceeds $500,000 as to any item of Indebtedness or in the aggregate for
     all items of Indebtedness with respect to which any of the events described
     in this Section 7.1(j) has occurred.

           7.1(k) Any execution or attachment shall be issued whereby property
     of the Borrower or any Subsidiary having either a market value or a book
     value of $500,000 or more shall be taken or attempted to be taken and the
     same shall not have been vacated or stayed within 30 days after the
     issuance thereof.

           7.1(l) Any Security Document or any Mortgage or Indemnification
     Agreement provided by the Borrower pursuant to Section 7.4 shall, at any
     time, cease to be in full force and effect or shall be judicially declared
     null and void, or the validity or enforceability thereof shall be contested
     by the Borrower, or the Agent or the Banks shall cease to have a valid and
     perfected security interest having the priority contemplated thereunder in
     all of the collateral described therein, other than by action or inaction 
     of the Agent or the Banks if (i) the aggregate value of the collateral 
     affected by any of the foregoing exceeds $500,000 

                                       -51-

<PAGE>

     and (ii) any of the foregoing shall remain unremedied for ten days or more 
     after receipt of notice thereof by the Borrower from the Agent.

           7.1(m)  Any Change of Control shall occur.

     Section 7.2  REMEDIES.   If (a) any Event of Default described in Sections
7.1(f), (g) or (h) shall occur, the Commitments shall automatically terminate
and the Notes and all other Obligations shall automatically become immediately
due and payable, and the Borrower shall without demand pay into the Holding
Account an amount equal to the aggregate face amount of all outstanding Letters
of Credit; or (b) any other Event of Default shall occur and be continuing,
then, upon receipt by the Agent of a request in writing from the Majority
Banks, the Agent shall take any of the following actions so requested: (i)
declare the Commitments terminated, whereupon the Commitments shall terminate,
(ii) declare the outstanding unpaid principal balance of the Notes, the accrued
and unpaid interest thereon and all other Obligations to be forthwith due and
payable, whereupon the Notes, all accrued and unpaid interest thereon and all
such Obligations shall immediately become due and payable, in each case without
presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are
hereby expressly waived, anything in this Agreement or in the Notes to the
contrary notwithstanding, and (iii) demand that the Borrower pay into the
Holding Account an amount equal to the aggregate face amount of all outstanding
Letters of Credit.  Upon the occurrence of any of the events described in
clause (a) of the preceding sentence, or upon the occurrence of any of the
events described in clause (b) of the preceding sentence when so requested by
the Majority Banks, the Agent may exercise all rights and remedies under any of
the Loan Documents, and enforce all rights and remedies under any applicable
law.

     Section 7.3  OFFSET.  In addition to the remedies set forth in Section
7.2, upon the occurrence of any Event of Default and thereafter while the same
be continuing, the Borrower hereby irrevocably authorizes each Bank to set off
any Obligations owed to such Bank against all deposits and credits of the
Borrower with, and any and all claims of the Borrower against, such Bank.  Such
right shall exist whether or not such Bank shall have made any demand hereunder
or under any other Loan Document, whether or not the Obligations, or any part
thereof, or deposits and credits held for the account of the Borrower is or are
matured or unmatured, and regardless of the existence or adequacy of any
collateral, guaranty or any other security, right or remedy available to such
Bank or the Banks.  Each Bank agrees that, as promptly as is reasonably
possible after the exercise of any such setoff right, it shall notify the
Borrower of its exercise of such setoff right; provided, however, that the
failure of such Bank to provide such notice shall not affect the validity of
the exercise of such setoff rights.  Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed
a waiver or prohibition of or restriction on any Bank to all rights of banker's
Lien, setoff and counterclaim available pursuant to law.

                                        -52-

<PAGE>

     Section 7.4  RECORDING OF MORTGAGE.  The parties hereto acknowledge that
the Agent shall not cause the Mortgage to be recorded unless and until an Event
of Default has occurred under Section 6.19.  Upon the occurrence of an Event of
Default under Section 6.19, the Agent, after consulting with the Banks and
unless directed not to do so by the Majority Banks, shall cause, and the
Borrower shall permit:  (a) the Mortgage to be recorded, (b) a land survey to
be made of the property subject to the Mortgage (the "Mortgaged Property"), (c)
a mortgagee's policy of title insurance to be issued with respect to the
Mortgage and the Mortgaged Property, (d) an appraisal to be made of the
Mortgaged Property and (e) an environmental survey to be made of the Mortgaged
Property, which land survey, policy of title insurance, appraisal and
environmental survey shall be in form, substance and detail satisfactory to the
Agent.  All mortgage registry tax, recording fees and other costs in connection
with the recording of the Mortgage, and all fees and costs in connection with
the preparation and issuance of any such land survey, title insurance policy,
appraisal and/or environmental survey shall be at the expense of the Borrower,
and the Borrower shall, upon demand by the Agent, promptly pay such fees and
costs or, if such fees and costs have been paid by the Banks, promptly
reimburse the Banks therefor.

                                 ARTICLE VIII

                                   THE AGENT

     The following provisions shall govern the relationship of the Agent with
the Banks and shall inure to the benefit only of the Agent and the Banks, and
not of the Borrower.

     Section 8.1  APPOINTMENT AND AUTHORIZATION.  Each Bank appoints and
authorizes the Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise
such respective powers under the Loan Documents as are delegated to the Agent
by the terms thereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental
thereto.  Neither the Agent nor any of its directors, officers or employees
shall be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it under or in
connection with the Loan Documents, the Letters of Credit, except for its own
gross negligence or willful misconduct.  The Agent shall act as an independent
contractor in performing its obligations as Agent hereunder and nothing herein
contained shall be deemed to create any fiduciary relationship among or between
the Agent, the Borrower or the Banks.

     Section 8.2  NOTE HOLDERS.  The Agent may treat the payee of any Note as
the holder thereof until written notice of transfer shall have been filed with
it, signed by such payee and in form satisfactory to the Agent.

                                  -53-

<PAGE>

     Section 8.3  CONSULTATION WITH COUNSEL.  The Agent may consult with legal
counsel selected by it and shall not be liable for any action taken or suffered
in good faith by it in accordance with the advice of such counsel.

     Section 8.4  LOAN DOCUMENTS.  The Agent shall not be under a duty to
examine or pass upon the validity, effectiveness, genuineness or value of any
of the Loan Documents or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant
thereto, and the Agent shall be entitled to assume that the same are valid,
effective and genuine and what they purport to be.

     Section 8.5  U.S. BANK AND AFFILIATES.  With respect to its Commitment and
the Loans made by it, U.S. Bank shall have the same rights and powers under the
Loan Documents as any other Bank and may exercise the same as though it were
not the Agent consistent with the terms thereof, and U.S. Bank and its
Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any
kind of business with the Borrower as if it were not the Agent.

     Section 8.6  ACTION BY AGENT.  Except as may otherwise be expressly stated
in this Agreement, the Agent shall be entitled to use its discretion with
respect to exercising or refraining from exercising any rights which may be
vested in it by, or with respect to taking or refraining from taking any action
or actions which it may be able to take under or in respect of, the Loan
Documents.  The Agent shall be required to act or to refrain from acting (and
shall be fully protected in so acting or refraining from acting) upon the
instructions of the Majority Banks, and such instructions shall be binding upon
all holders of Notes; provided, however, that the Agent shall not be required
to take any action which exposes the Agent to personal liability or which is
contrary to the Loan Documents or applicable law.  The Agent shall incur no
liability under or in respect of any of the Loan Documents by acting upon any
notice, consent, certificate, warranty or other paper or instrument believed by
it to be genuine or authentic or to be signed by the proper party or parties
and to be consistent with the terms of this Agreement.

     Section 8.7  CREDIT ANALYSIS.  Each Bank has made, and shall continue to
make, its own independent investigation or evaluation of the operations,
business, property and condition, financial and otherwise, of the Borrower in
connection with entering into this Agreement and has made its own appraisal of
the creditworthiness of the Borrower.  Except as explicitly provided herein,
the Agent has no duty or responsibility, either initially or on a continuing
basis, to provide any Bank with any credit or other information with respect to
such operations, business, property, condition or creditworthiness, whether
such information comes into its possession on or before the first Event of
Default or at any time thereafter.

                                      -54-

<PAGE>

     Section 8.8  NOTICES OF EVENT OF DEFAULT, ETC.  In the event that the
Agent shall have acquired actual knowledge of any Event of Default or Default,
the Agent shall promptly give notice thereof to the Banks.

     Section 8.9  INDEMNIFICATION.  Each Bank agrees to indemnify the Agent, as
Agent (to the extent not reimbursed by the Borrower), ratably according to such
Bank's share of the aggregate Commitment Amounts from and against any and all
liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments,
suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever which
may be imposed on or incurred by the Agent in any way relating to or arising
out of the Loan Documents or any action taken or omitted by the Agent under the
Loan Documents, provided that no Bank shall be liable for any portion of such
liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments,
suits, costs, expenses or disbursements resulting from the Agent's gross
negligence or willful misconduct.  No payment by any Bank under this Section
shall relieve the Borrower of any of its obligations under this Agreement.

     Section 8.10  PAYMENTS AND COLLECTIONS.  All funds received by the Agent
in respect of any payments made by the Borrower on the Notes, Commitment Fees
or Letter of Credit Fees shall be distributed forthwith by the Agent among the
Banks, in like currency and funds as received, ratably according to each Bank's
Commitment Percentage.  After any Event of Default has occurred, all funds
received by the Agent, whether as payments by the Borrower or as realization on
collateral or on any guaranties, shall (except as may otherwise be required by
law) be distributed by the Agent in the following order:  (a) first to the
Agent or any Bank who has incurred unreimbursed costs of collection with
respect to any Obligations hereunder, ratably to the Agent and each Bank in the
proportion that the costs incurred by the Agent or such Bank bear to the total
of all such costs incurred by the Agent and all Banks; (b) next to the Agent
for the account of the Banks (in accordance with their respective Commitment
Percentages) for application on the Notes (such application to be made first to
the payment of interest and then to the payment of principal); (c) next to the
Agent for the account of the Banks (in accordance with their respective
Commitment Percentages) for any unpaid Commitment Fees, Standby Letter of
Credit Fees or other fees owing by the Borrower hereunder (other than the fees
payable to the Agent for its own account, as described in the last sentence of
Section 2.17, which shall be retained by the Agent for its own account); and
(d) last to the Agent to be held in the Holding Account to cover any
outstanding Letters of Credit.

     Section 8.11  SHARING OF PAYMENTS.  If any Bank shall receive and retain
any payment, voluntary or involuntary, whether by setoff, application of
deposit balance or security, or otherwise, in respect of Indebtedness under
this Agreement or the Notes in excess of such Bank's share thereof as
determined under this Agreement, then such Bank shall purchase from the other
Banks for cash and at face value and without recourse, such participation in
the Notes held by such other Banks as shall 

                                    -55-

<PAGE>

be necessary to cause such excess payment to be shared ratably as aforesaid 
with such other Banks; provided, that if such excess payment or part thereof 
is thereafter recovered from such purchasing Bank, the related purchases from 
the other Banks shall be rescinded ratably and the purchase price restored as 
to the portion of such excess payment so recovered, but without interest.  
Subject to the participation purchase obligation above, each Bank agrees to 
exercise any and all rights of setoff, counterclaim or banker's lien first 
fully against any Notes and participations therein held by such Bank, next to 
any other Indebtedness of the Borrower to such Bank arising under or pursuant 
to this Agreement and to any participations held by such Bank in Indebtedness 
of the Borrower arising under or pursuant to this Agreement, and only then to 
any other Indebtedness of the Borrower to such Bank.

     Section 8.12  ADVICE TO BANKS.  The Agent shall forward to the Banks 
copies of all notices, financial reports and other communications received 
hereunder from the Borrower by it as Agent, excluding, however, notices, 
reports and communications which by the terms hereof are to be furnished by 
the Borrower directly to each Bank.

     Section 8.13  RESIGNATION.  If at any time U.S. Bank shall deem it 
advisable, in its sole discretion, it may submit to each of the Banks and the 
Borrower a written notification of its resignation as Agent under this 
Agreement, such resignation to be effective upon the appointment of a 
successor Agent, but in no event later than 30 days from the date of such 
notice.  Upon submission of such notice, the Majority Banks may appoint a 
successor Agent.

                                  ARTICLE IX

                                 MISCELLANEOUS

     Section 9.1  MODIFICATIONS.  Notwithstanding any provisions to the 
contrary herein, any term of this Agreement may be amended with the written 
consent of the Borrower; provided that no amendment, modification or waiver 
of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or consent to 
any departure therefrom by the Borrower or other party thereto shall in any 
event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the 
Majority Banks, and then such amendment, modification, waiver or consent 
shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for 
which given. (The Agent may enter into amendments or modifications of, and 
grant consents and waivers to departure from the provisions of, those Loan 
Documents to which the Banks are not signatories without the Banks joining 
therein, PROVIDED the Agent has first obtained the separate prior written 
consent to such amendment, modification, consent or waiver from the Majority 
Banks.)  Notwithstanding the forgoing, no such amendment, modification, 
waiver or consent shall:


                                      -56-

<PAGE>

           9.1(a)  Reduce the rate or extend the time of payment of interest
     thereon, or reduce the amount of the principal thereof, or modify any of
     the provisions of any Note with respect to the payment or repayment
     thereof, without the consent of the holder of each Note so affected; or

           9.1(b)  Increase or decrease (except in accordance with Section
     2.14) the amount or extend the time of the Commitment of any Bank, without
     the consent of such Bank; or

           9.1(c)  Reduce the rate or extend the time of payment of any fee
     payable to a Bank, without the consent of the Bank affected; or

           9.1(d)  Except as may otherwise be expressly provided in any of the
     other Loan Documents, release any material portion of collateral securing,
     or any guaranties for, all or any part of the Obligations without the
     consent of all the Banks; or

           9.1(e)  Amend the definition of Majority Banks or otherwise reduce
     the percentage of the Banks required to approve or effectuate any such
     amendment, modification, waiver, or consent, without the consent of all
     the Banks; or

           9.1(f)  Amend any of the foregoing Sections 9.1 (a) through (e) or
     this Section 9.1 (f) without the consent of all the Banks; or

           9.1(g)  Amend any provision of this Agreement relating to the Agent
     in its capacity as Agent without the consent of the Agent; or

           9.1(h)  Amend any provision of this Agreement relating to the
     issuance of Letters of Credit without the consent of the Agent.

     Section 9.2   EXPENSES. Whether or not the transactions contemplated 
hereby are consummated, the Borrower agrees to reimburse the Agent upon 
demand for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses paid or incurred by the 
Agent (including filing and recording costs and fees and expenses of Dorsey & 
Whitney LLP, counsel to the Agent) in connection with the negotiation, 
preparation, approval, review, execution, delivery, administration, 
amendment, modification and interpretation of this Agreement and the other 
Loan Documents and any commitment letters relating thereto.  The Borrower 
shall also reimburse the Agent and each Bank upon demand for all reasonable 
out-of-pocket expenses (including expenses of legal counsel) paid or incurred 
by the Agent or any Bank in connection with the collection and enforcement of 
this Agreement and any other Loan Document. The obligations of the Borrower 
under this Section shall survive any termination of this Agreement.


                                      -57-

<PAGE>

     Section 9.3  WAIVERS, ETC.  No failure on the part of the Agent or the
holder of a Note to exercise and no delay in exercising any power or right
hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof;
nor shall any single or partial exercise of any power or right preclude any
other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other power or right.
The remedies herein and in the other Loan Documents provided are cumulative and
not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.

     Section 9.4  NOTICES.  Except when telephonic notice is expressly
authorized by this Agreement, any notice or other communication to any party in
connection with this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be sent by manual
delivery, telegram, telex, facsimile transmission, overnight courier or United
States mail (postage prepaid) addressed to such party at the address specified
on the signature page hereof, or at such other address as such party shall have
specified to the other party hereto in writing.  All periods of notice shall be
measured from the date of delivery thereof if manually delivered, from the date
of sending thereof if sent by telegram, telex or facsimile transmission, from
the first Business Day after the date of sending if sent by overnight courier,
or from four days after the date of mailing if mailed; provided, however, that
any notice to the Agent or any Bank under Article II hereof shall be deemed to
have been given only when received by the Agent or such Bank.

     Section 9.5  TAXES.  The Borrower agrees to pay, and save the Agent and
the Banks harmless from all liability for, any stamp or other taxes which may
be payable with respect to the execution or delivery of this Agreement or the
issuance of the Notes, which obligation of the Borrower shall survive the
termination of this Agreement.

     Section 9.6  SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS; DISPOSITION OF LOANS; TRANSFEREES.
This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties
hereto and their respective successors and assigns, except that the Borrower
may not assign its rights or delegate its obligations hereunder or under any
other Borrower Loan Document without the prior written consent of all the
Banks.  Each Bank may at any time sell, assign, transfer, grant participations
in, or otherwise dispose of any portion of its Commitments, the Loans and/or
Advances (each such interest so disposed of being herein called a "Transferred
Interest") to banks or other financial institutions ("Transferees"); PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that a Bank may dispose of a Transferred Interest only (a) in minimum
amounts of $5,000,000, with respect to the assignment of a portion of a Bank's
Commitment Amount, (b) with the consent of the Agent and the Borrower (which
consent shall not, in either case, be unreasonably withheld, and provided that
the consent of the Borrower shall not be required if an Event of Default has
occurred which is continuing), (c) upon payment to the Agent by the parties to
such disposition of a processing and recording fee in the amount of $2,500 for
each party and (d) upon executing and delivering, and upon causing each


                                      -58-

<PAGE>

Transferee to execute and deliver, to the Agent a form of assumption 
agreement assuming and agreeing to be bound by the terms and provisions of 
this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and which is otherwise in form 
and substance satisfactory to the Agent.  Without limiting the obligations of 
the Banks and the Transferees under the preceding sentence, each Transferee, 
by its acceptance of its Transferred Interest, shall be deemed to have become 
bound by the terms and provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan 
Documents.   The Borrower agrees that each Transferee shall be entitled to 
the benefits of Sections 2.22, 2.23, 2.24, 2.25, 2.26, 2.27, 2.28 and 9.2 
with respect to its Transferred Interest and that each Transferee may 
exercise any and all rights of banker's Lien, setoff and counterclaim as if 
such Transferee were a direct lender to the Borrower.  If any Bank makes any 
assignment to a Transferee, then upon notice to the Borrower such Transferee, 
to the extent of such assignment (unless otherwise provided therein), shall 
become a "Bank" hereunder and shall have all the rights and obligations of 
such Bank hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, and such Bank shall 
be released from its duties and obligations under this Agreement to the 
extent of such assignment.  Notwithstanding the sale by any Bank of any 
participation hereunder, (a) no participant shall be deemed to be or have the 
rights and obligations of a Bank hereunder except that any participant shall 
have a right of setoff under Section 7.3 as if it were such Bank and the 
amount of its participation were owing directly to such participant by the 
Borrower and (b) such Bank shall not in connection with selling any such 
participation condition such Bank's rights in connection with consenting to 
amendments or granting waivers concerning any matter under any Loan Document 
upon obtaining the consent of such participant other than on matters relating 
to (i) any reduction in the amount of any principal of, or the amount of or 
rate of interest on, any Note or Advance in which such participation is sold, 
(ii) any postponement of the date fixed for any payment of principal of or 
interest on any Note or Advance in which such participation is sold, (iii) 
the release or subordination of any material portion of any collateral other 
than pursuant to the terms of any Security Document or (iv) the release of 
any Guaranty.

     Section 9.7  CONFIDENTIALITY OF INFORMATION.  The Agent and each Bank
shall use reasonable efforts to assure that information about the Borrower and
its operations, affairs and financial condition, not generally disclosed to the
public or to trade and other creditors, which is furnished to the Agent or such
Bank pursuant to the provisions hereof is used only for the purposes of this
Agreement and any other relationship between any Bank and the Borrower and
shall not be divulged to any Person other than the Banks, their Affiliates and
their respective officers, directors, employees and agents, except: (a) to
their attorneys and accountants, (b) in connection with the enforcement of the
rights of the Banks hereunder and under the Notes and the Security Documents or
otherwise in connection with applicable litigation, (c) in connection with
assignments and participations and the solicitation of prospective assignees
and participants referred to in the immediately preceding Section, and (d) as
may otherwise be required or requested by any regulatory 


                                      -59-

<PAGE>

authority having jurisdiction over any Bank or by any applicable law, rule, 
regulation or judicial process, the opinion of such Bank's counsel concerning 
the making of such disclosure to be binding on the parties hereto.  No Bank 
shall incur any liability to the Borrower by reason of any disclosure 
permitted by this Section 9.7.

     Section 9.8  GOVERNING LAW AND CONSTRUCTION.  THE VALIDITY, CONSTRUCTION
AND ENFORCEABILITY OF THIS AGREEMENT AND THE NOTES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY THE
INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF MINNESOTA, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO CONFLICT OF
LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF, BUT GIVING EFFECT TO FEDERAL LAWS OF THE UNITED STATES
APPLICABLE TO NATIONAL BANKS.  Whenever possible, each provision of this
Agreement and the other Loan Documents and any other statement, instrument  or
transaction contemplated hereby or thereby or relating hereto or thereto shall
be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under such
applicable law, but, if any provision of this Agreement, the other Loan
Documents or any other statement, instrument or transaction contemplated hereby
or thereby or relating hereto or thereto shall be held to be prohibited or
invalid under such applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective only to
the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the
remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement, the
other Loan Documents or any other statement, instrument or transaction
contemplated hereby or thereby or relating hereto or thereto.

     Section 9.9  CONSENT TO JURISDICTION.  AT THE OPTION OF THE AGENT, THIS
AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER BORROWER LOAN DOCUMENTS MAY BE ENFORCED IN ANY FEDERAL
COURT OR MINNESOTA STATE COURT SITTING IN HENNEPIN COUNTY, MINNESOTA; AND THE
BORROWER CONSENTS TO THE JURISDICTION AND VENUE OF ANY SUCH COURT AND WAIVES
ANY ARGUMENT THAT VENUE IN SUCH FORUMS IS NOT CONVENIENT.  IN THE EVENT THE
BORROWER COMMENCES ANY ACTION IN ANOTHER JURISDICTION OR VENUE UNDER ANY TORT
OR CONTRACT THEORY ARISING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY FROM THE RELATIONSHIP CREATED
BY THIS AGREEMENT, THE AGENT AT ITS OPTION SHALL BE ENTITLED TO HAVE THE CASE
TRANSFERRED TO ONE OF THE JURISDICTIONS AND VENUES ABOVE-DESCRIBED, OR IF SUCH
TRANSFER CANNOT BE ACCOMPLISHED UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, TO HAVE SUCH CASE
DISMISSED WITHOUT PREJUDICE.

     Section 9.10  WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.  EACH OF THE BORROWER , THE AGENT AND
THE BANKS IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL
PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN
DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY.


                                      -60-

<PAGE>

     Section 9.11 SURVIVAL OF AGREEMENT.  All representations, warranties, 
covenants and agreement made by the Borrower herein or in the other Borrower 
Loan Documents and in the certificates or other instruments prepared or 
delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan 
Document shall be deemed to have been relied upon by the Banks and shall 
survive the making of the Loans by the Banks and the execution and delivery 
to the Banks by the Borrower of the Notes, regardless of any investigation 
made by or on behalf of the Banks, and shall continue in full force and 
effect as long as any Obligation is outstanding and unpaid and so long as the 
Commitments have not been terminated; provided, however, that the obligations 
of the Borrower under Section 9.2, 9.5 and 9.12 shall survive payment in full 
of the Obligations and the termination of the Commitments.

     Section 9.12  INDEMNIFICATION.  The Borrower hereby agrees to defend, 
protect, indemnify and hold harmless the Agent and the Banks and their 
respective Affiliates and the directors, officers, employees, attorneys and 
agents of the Agent and the Banks and their respective Affiliates (each of 
the foregoing being an "Indemnitee" and all of the foregoing being 
collectively the "Indemnitees") from and against any and all claims, actions, 
damages, liabilities, judgments, costs and expenses (including all reasonable 
fees and disbursements of counsel which may be incurred in the investigation 
or defense of any matter) imposed upon, incurred by or asserted against any 
Indemnitee, whether direct, indirect or consequential and whether based on 
any federal, state, local or foreign laws or regulations (including 
securities laws, environmental laws, commercial laws and regulations), under 
common law or on equitable cause, or on contract or otherwise:

           (a)  by reason of, relating to or in connection with the execution,
     delivery, performance or enforcement of any Loan Document, any commitments
     relating thereto, or any transaction contemplated by any Loan Document; or

           (b) by reason of, relating to or in connection with any credit
     extended or used under the Loan Documents or any act done or omitted by
     any Person, or the exercise of any rights or remedies thereunder,
     including the acquisition of any collateral by the Banks by way of
     foreclosure of the Lien thereon, deed or bill of sale in lieu of such
     foreclosure or otherwise;

provided, however, that the Borrower shall not be liable to any Indemnitee 
for any portion of such claims, damages, liabilities and expenses resulting 
from such Indemnitee's gross negligence or willful misconduct.  In the event 
this indemnity is unenforceable as a matter of law as to a particular matter 
or consequence referred to herein, it shall be enforceable to the full extent 
permitted by law.


                                     -61-

<PAGE>

     This indemnification applies, without limitation, to any act, omission, 
event or circumstance existing or occurring on or prior to the later of the 
Termination Date or the date of payment in full of the Obligations, including 
specifically Obligations arising under clause (b) of this Section.  The 
indemnification provisions set forth above shall be in addition to any 
liability the Borrower may otherwise have.  Without prejudice to the survival 
of any other obligation of the Borrower hereunder the indemnities and 
obligations of the Borrower contained in this Section shall survive the 
payment in full of the other Obligations.

     Section 9.13  CAPTIONS.  The captions or headings herein and any table 
of contents hereto are for convenience only and in no way define, limit or 
describe the scope or intent of any provision of this Agreement.

     Section 9.14  ENTIRE AGREEMENT.  This Agreement and the other Borrower 
Loan Documents embody the entire agreement and understanding between the 
Borrower, the Agent and the Banks with respect to the subject matter hereof 
and thereof.  This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and 
understandings relating to the subject matter hereof.  Nothing contained in 
this Agreement or in any other Loan Document, expressed or implied, is 
intended to confer upon any Persons other than the parties hereto any rights, 
remedies, obligations or liabilities hereunder or thereunder.

     Section 9.15  COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed in any 
number of counterparts, all of which taken together shall constitute one and 
the same instrument, and any of the parties hereto may execute this Agreement 
by signing any such counterpart.

     Section 9.16  BORROWER ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS.  The Borrower hereby 
acknowledges that (a) it has been advised by counsel in the negotiation, 
execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (b) 
neither the Agent nor any Bank has any fiduciary relationship to the 
Borrower, the relationship being solely that of debtor and creditor, (c) no 
joint venture exists between the Borrower and the Agent or any Bank, and (d) 
neither the Agent nor any Bank undertakes any responsibility to the Borrower 
to review or inform the Borrower of any matter in connection with any phase 
of the business or operations of the Borrower and the Borrower shall rely 
entirely upon its own judgment with respect to its business, and any review, 
inspection or supervision of, or information supplied to, the Borrower by the 
Agent or any Bank is for the protection of the Banks and neither the Borrower 
nor any third party is entitled to rely thereon.


                                     -62-

<PAGE>

                                       
                                   PART TWO

                         EFFECTIVENESS OF THIS CREDIT AGREEMENT

     This Amended and Restated Credit Agreement shall not become effective 
until, and shall become effective when, each of the following conditions 
precedent shall have been satisfied:

     1.  The Agent shall have received the following, each in form and 
substance satisfactory to the Agent:

           (a)  Counterparts of this Agreement, duly executed by the Borrower
     and the Banks.

           (b)  A First Amendment to Security Agreement in the form of
     Attachment 1(b) hereto, duly executed by the Borrower (the "First
     Amendment to Security Agreement").

           (c)  A Second Amendment and Supplement to Pledge Agreement in the
     form of Attachment 1(c) hereto, duly executed by the Borrower (the "Second
     Amendment to Pledge Agreement").

           (d)  A First Amendment to Mortgage, Security Agreement, Assignment
     of Leases and Rents and Fixture Financing Statement in the form of
     Attachment 1(d) hereto, duly executed by the Borrower (the "First
     Amendment to Mortgage").

           (e)  A First Amendment to Collateral Assignment of Trademarks in the
     form of Attachment 1(e) hereto, duly executed by the Borrower (the "First
     Amendment to Trademark Assignment").

           (f)  A First Amendment to Indemnification Agreement in the form of
     Attachment 1(f) hereto, duly executed by the Borrower (the "First
     Amendment to Indemnification Agreement").

           (g)  A separate Consent and Agreement of Guarantor from each
     Existing Guarantor in the form of  Attachment 1(g) hereto, duly executed
     by such Guarantor (the "Guarantor Consents").

           (h)  A copy of the corporate resolutions of the Borrower authorizing
     the execution, delivery and performance by such Borrower of this Agreement
     and the other documents required to be executed by the Borrower pursuant
     to this Part Two, certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of
     the Borrower.


                                     -63-

<PAGE>

           (i)  An incumbency certificate showing the names and titles, and
     bearing the signatures of, the officers of the Borrower authorized to
     execute, on behalf of the Borrower, this Agreement and the other documents
     required to be executed by the Borrower pursuant to this Part Two,
     certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Borrower.

          (j)  A copy of the Articles of Incorporation of the Borrower with
     all amendments thereto, certified by the Secretary or an Assistant
     Secretary of the Borrower.

          (k)  A copy of the Bylaws of the Borrower, certified as of the
     Closing Date by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Borrower.

          (l)  A certificate of good standing for such Borrower in the State
     of Minnesota, certified by the Minnesota Secretary of State as of a date
     not more than 10 days prior to the Closing Date.

           (m)  A copy of the corporate resolutions of each Guarantor
     authorizing the execution, delivery and performance by such Guarantor of
     the documents required to be executed by such Guarantor pursuant to this
     Part Two, certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of such
     Guarantor.

           (n)  An incumbency certificate showing the names and titles, and
     bearing the signatures of, the officers of each Guarantor authorized to
     execute, on behalf of such Guarantor, the documents required to be
     executed by the such Guarantor pursuant to this Part Two, certified by the
     Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of such Guarantor.

          (o)  A copy of the Articles of Incorporation of each Guarantor   with
     all amendments thereto, certified by the Secretary or an Assistant
     Secretary of such Guarantor.

          (p)  A copy of the Bylaws of each Guarantor, certified as of the
     Closing Date by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of such Guarantor.

           (q)  A certificate of good standing for each Guarantor in the
jurisdiction of such Guarantor's incorporation, certified by an appropriate
officer of such Guarantor as of a date not more than 10 days prior to the
Closing Date.

           (r)  An opinion of counsel to the Borrowers and the Guarantors
     covering the matters set forth in Attachment 1(r) hereto.


                                     -64-

<PAGE>

           (s)  Payment of all fees and expenses of the Bank (including the
     fees, service charges and disbursements of counsel to the Bank) payable to
     the Bank hereunder or under the Existing Credit Agreement.

           (t)  A Certificate of the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief
     Financial Officer, or the Director of Treasury of the Borrower certifying
     as to the matters set forth in Sections 3.1(a) and 3.1(b) of this Amended
     and Restated Credit Agreement.

           (u)  Such other documents, certificates and opinions as the Agent
     may reasonably request, including without limitation such further
     amendments to the Loan Documents

     2.  Each Bank shall have received a Promissory Note in the form of 1.1-C 
hereto, dated the date hereof, made payable to such Bank in the amount of it 
Commitment Amount and duly executed by the Borrower, which Promissory Note 
shall, in the case of each Existing Bank, constitute an amendment and 
restatement of its Existing Note.

     Upon receipt by the Agent and the Banks of the items required under 
paragraphs 1 and 2 of this Part Two:  (i) each Existing Bank shall surrender 
to the Borrower such Existing Bank's Existing Note, marked "renewed but not 
paid" or words to similar effect; (ii) the unpaid principal balance 
outstanding under such Existing  Note, and the interest accrued but unpaid 
thereon, shall be outstanding under such Bank's Revolving Note delivered 
pursuant to paragraph 2 of this Part Two; (iii) all references to the "Credit 
Agreement" contained in the Existing Security Agreement (as amended by the 
First Amendment to Security Agreement), the Existing Pledge Agreement  (as 
amended by the Second Amendment to Pledge Agreement), the Existing Mortgage 
(as amended by the First Amendment to Mortgage), the Existing Trademark 
Assignment (as amended by the First Amendment to Trademark Assignment), the 
Existing Indemnification Agreement (as amended by the First Amendment to 
Indemnification Agreement), the Existing Guaranties (as amended by the 
Guarantor Consents) and the Existing Guarantor Security Agreements (as 
amended by the Guarantor Consents) shall be deemed to mean this Agreement, as 
this Agreement may hereafter be amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise 
modified in writing by the Borrower, the Banks and the Agent from time to 
time; and (iv) all references to the "Banks" contained in this Agreement, the 
Existing Security Agreement (as amended by the First Amendment to Security 
Agreement), the Existing Pledge Agreement (as amended by the Second Amendment 
to Pledge Agreement), the Existing Mortgage (as amended by the First 
Amendment to Mortgage), the Existing Trademark Assignment (as amended by the 
First Amendment to Trademark Assignment), the Existing Indemnification 
Agreement (as amended by the First Amendment to Indemnification Agreement), 


                                     -65-

<PAGE>

the Existing Guaranties (as amended by the Guarantor Consents) and the 
Existing Guarantor Security Agreements (as amended by the Guarantor Consents) 
shall be deemed to mean and include the Existing Banks, the Additional Banks 
and any other lender that hereafter becomes a signatory hereto as a Bank.

     The execution and delivery by the parties of this Amended and Restated 
Credit Agreement and the other instruments and documents contemplated by this 
Part Two, including, without limitation, the Promissory Notes executed and 
delivered pursuant to paragraph 2 of this Part Two, the First Amendment to 
Security Agreement, the Second Amendment to Pledge Agreement, the First 
Amendment to Mortgage, the First Amendment to Trademark Assignment, the First 
Amendment to Indemnification Agreement and the Guarantor Consents, are not 
intended as a novation, discharge or extinguishment of the Borrower's 
existing obligations under the Existing Credit Agreement, the Existing Notes, 
the Existing Indemnification Agreement or the Existing Guaranties or as a 
termination or release of the Bank's security interests in the collateral 
described in the Existing Security Agreement,  the Existing Trademark 
Assignment, the Existing Pledge Agreement, the Existing Mortgage or the 
Existing Guarantor Security Agreements, all of which obligations and security 
interests shall remain in full force and effect, subject to the amendments 
effected by this Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, the Promissory Notes 
executed and delivered pursuant to paragraph 2 of this Part Two, the First 
Amendment to Security Agreement, the Second Amendment to Pledge Agreement, 
the First Amendment to Mortgage, the First Amendment to Trademark Assignment, 
the First Amendment to Indemnification Agreement and the Guarantor Consents.

                      [THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

                                    -66-

<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be 
executed as of the date first above written.

                                   DAMARK INTERNATIONAL, INC.

                                   By 
                                      -------------------------

                                   Title 
                                         ----------------------


                                   ADDRESS FOR BORROWER:
                                   7101 Winnetka Avenue North
                                   Minneapolis, MN 55428
                                   Attention:  Allison S. Gelfman
                                               Director of Treasury
                                   Telephone:  (612) 531-4761
                                   Fax: (612) 531-4581


                                   U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
                                   as a Bank and as Agent

                                   By 
                                      --------------------------

                                   Title 
                                         -----------------------

                                   ADDRESS:
                                   601 Second Avenue South
                                   Minneapolis, MN 55402-4302
                                   Attention: Michael S. Harter - MPFP0607
                                   Telephone:    (612) 973-0849
                                   Fax:  (612) 973-0824

                                     S-1

<PAGE>

                                   THE SUMITOMO BANK, LIMITED,
                                   CHICAGO BRANCH

                                   By
                                      --------------------------

                                   Title
                                         -----------------------


                                   By 
                                      --------------------------

                                   Title 
                                         -----------------------

                                   ADDRESS:

                                   The Sumitomo Bank, Limited,
                                   Chicago Branch
                                   233 South Wacker
                                   Suite 5400
                                   Chicago, IL 60606
                                   Attention:  V.P. Credit Administration
                                   Fax: (312) 876-1995

                                   with a copy to:

                                   U.S. Commercial Banking Department
                                   4135 Multifoods Tower
                                   33 South Sixth Street
                                   Minneapolis, MN 55402
                                   Attention: Doug Pudvah
                                   Telephone: (612) 332-8235
                                   Fax: (612) 332-6745

                                     S-2

<PAGE>

                                   BANK ONE, WISCONSIN


                                   By --------------------------

                                   Title 
                                         -----------------------

                                   ADDRESS:

                                   111 E. Wisconsin Avenue
                                   P.O. Box 2033
                                   Milwaukee, WI 53201-2033
                                   Attention: James Engel
                                   Telephone:  (414) 765-2766
                                   Fax: (414) 765-2176

                                      S-3

<PAGE>

                                                              EXHIBIT 1.1-A TO
                                                              CREDIT AGREEMENT



                                  FORMULA FOR
                                BORROWING BASE


     1.   BORROWING BASE.  The "Borrowing Base" as of any date of 
determination shall be the sum of the following:

     (a)  the product of (i) the aggregate face amount of Eligible Accounts 
that are Eligible Renewal Fee Accounts, MULTIPLIED BY (ii) 35%;

     (b)  the product of (i) the aggregate face amount of Eligible Accounts 
that are Eligible Other Accounts, MULTIPLIED BY (ii) 50%; and

     (c)  an amount equal to the lesser of (i) 45% of the lower of cost 
(determined on a first-in, first-out basis) or market value of Eligible 
Inventory or (ii) $40,000,000.

     2.  DEFINITIONS.  Capitalized terms used herein which are defined in the 
Credit Agreement are used herein with the respective meanings attributed 
thereto in the Credit Agreement.  In addition, for the purposes of this 
Exhibit and for determining the Borrowing Base, the following terms shall 
have the following respective meanings:

     "ACCOUNT":  The right of the Borrower to receive payment of amounts owed 
to the Borrower on account of sales of inventory (including related shipping 
and handling fees), membership and other services in the ordinary course of 
the Borrower's business.

     "ELIGIBLE ACCOUNT":  An Account which is other than an Ineligible 
Account; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in the case of an Account that is payable in 
two or more installments, the initial installment thereof shall not 
constitute, or be included in, an Eligible Account; and PROVIDED, FURTHER, 
that the Agent shall have the right, in the reasonable exercise of its 
discretion, to establish reserves against the aggregate amount of Eligible 
Accounts.

     "ELIGIBLE OTHER ACCOUNT":  An Eligible Account which is other than an 
Eligible Renewal Fee Account.

     "ELIGIBLE RENEWAL FEE ACCOUNT":  An Eligible Account that is 
attributable to existing club membership fees billed and automatically 
renewable for a subsequent year.

<PAGE>


     "ELIGIBLE INVENTORY":  Inventory other than Ineligible Inventory; 
PROVIDED, that the Agent shall, notwithstanding the foregoing, have the 
right, in the reasonable exercise of its discretion, to establish reserves 
against the aggregate amount of Eligible Inventory.

     "INELIGIBLE ACCOUNT":  An Account that meets any of the following criteria:

     (a)  such Account has arisen out of the sale of goods and services by 
the Borrower outside the United States of America and is not backed by a 
letter of credit issued or confirmed by a bank chartered under the laws of 
the United States of America or of any State thereof; or

     (b)  such Account is not the valid, binding and legally enforceable 
obligation of the obligor thereon; or

     (c)  such Account has been subordinated by the Borrower to any other 
claim against the obligor thereon; or

     (d) the obligor on such Account is (i) the Borrower or an Affiliate of 
the Borrower, (ii) the United States or any department, agency or 
instrumentality thereof (unless the Borrower shall have complied with the 
Assignment of Claims Act to the satisfaction of the Agent), (iii) a debtor 
under any proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code or comparable provision of 
state or foreign law, (iv) an assignor for the benefit of creditors, or (v) a 
customer for whom the Borrower has tried, but has been refused, an 
authorization by the applicable credit card processor in whole or in part; or

     (e)  such Account is not assignable; or

     (f)  such Account is not subject to a perfected first security interest 
in favor of the Agent or is not free and clear of any other Lien; or

     (g)  such Account is subject to any claimed offset, counterclaim or 
other defense with respect thereto (other than return rights and warranty 
claims not yet asserted); or

     (h)  such Account is unpaid for more than 30 days from the date that 
payment thereof is due; or

     (i)  such Account is owed by an obligor who is obligated on accounts 
owed to the Borrower more than 10% of the aggregate unpaid balance of which 
remains unpaid for longer than the period specified in clause (h) above; or

     (j)  such Account is, as reasonably determined by the Agent in its 
discretion, uncollectible or otherwise disqualified; or

     (k)  such Account is a membership fee billed under a "free trial" offer; 
or

                                     -2-

<PAGE>


     (l)  such Account is payable under an installment payment plan which 
permits the obligor thereon to make payment in more than ten consecutive 
monthly installments.

     "INELIGIBLE INVENTORY":  Inventory that meets any of the following 
criteria:

     (a)  such Inventory is not subject to a perfected, first priority 
security interest in favor of the Agent free and clear of all other Liens; or

     (b)  such Inventory is not located at one of the locations set forth in 
the Security Agreement or in any schedule delivered pursuant thereto as a 
location at which inventory is kept, or is in transit (except inventory in 
transit to a location set forth in the Security Agreement or in any schedule 
delivered pursuant thereto as a location at which inventory is kept and which 
has been shipped pursuant to a Documentary Letter of Credit); or

     (c)  such Inventory is so identified to a contract to sell that it is 
evidenced by an account; or

     (d)  such Inventory is not of good and merchantable quality free from any
defects which would affect the market value thereof; or

     (e)  such Inventory is inventory that the Borrower has returned or is in 
the process of returning, including, but not limited to, inventory classified 
by the Borrower as "C-Goods"; or

     (f)  such Inventory is not insured against loss or damage in accordance 
with the provisions of the Security Agreement; or

     (g)  such Inventory is subject to or covered by a negotiable document of 
title, including, without limitation, negotiable warehouse receipts and 
negotiable bills of lading; or

     (h)  such Inventory is stored in a public warehouse or is held by any 
Person as bailee, unless the terms of such storage or bailment are 
satisfactory to the Agent; or

     (i)  such Inventory consists of packaging supplies.

     "INVENTORY":  Goods held by the Borrower for sale in the ordinary course
of business, less any reserves maintained by the Borrower.

                                     -3-

<PAGE>

                                                               EXHIBIT 1.1-B TO
                                                               CREDIT AGREEMENT

                          BORROWING BASE CERTIFICATE

              Borrowing Base as of _____________________________, ______


To:  U.S. Bank National Association:

     The undersigned hereby certifies to U.S. Bank National Association that 
as of the date above, the Borrowing Base for DAMARK INTERNATIONAL, INC. was 
as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>  <C>                                             <C>
1.   Total Accounts                                  $__________

2.   Ineligible Accounts                             $__________

3.   Eligible Accounts (Line 1 - Line 2)             $__________

4.   Eligible Renewal Fee Accounts                   $__________

5.   Eligible Other Accounts (Line 3 - Line 4)       $__________

6.   35% of Line 4                                   $__________

7.   50% of Line 5                                   $__________

8.   Inventory on hand                               $__________

9.   Inventory in transit under letters of credit    $__________

10.  Total Inventory (Line 8 + Line 9)               $__________

11.  Ineligible Inventory                            $__________

12.  Eligible Inventory (Line 10 - Line 11)          $__________

13.  45% of Line 12 (not to exceed $40,000,000)      $__________

14.  Total Borrowing Base (Line 6 + Line 7
      + Line 13, but not to exceed $60,000,000)      $__________

16.  Loans Outstanding                               $__________

17.  Standby Letters of Credit Outstanding           $__________

18.  Documentary Letters of Credit Outstanding       $__________


<PAGE>


19.  Total Outstandings
     (Line 16 + Line 17 + Line 18)                   $__________

20.  Additional Availability or (Deficiency)
     (Line 14 - Line 19)                             $__________

</TABLE>

     Capitalized terms are used herein as defined in the Amended and Restated 
Credit Agreement dated as of January 12, 1998 and the Exhibits thereto, as 
the same may be from time to time amended, modified, supplemented or extended.

Date of Certificate: __________ , ____


                                   -------------------------------
                                   Title 
                                        --------------------------
                                   For DAMARK INTERNATIONAL, INC.


                                     -2-

<PAGE>


                                                               EXHIBIT 1.1-C TO
                                                               CREDIT AGREEMENT

                                PROMISSORY NOTE


$[                ]                                                      [date]
                                                         Minneapolis, Minnesota


     FOR VALUE RECEIVED, DAMARK INTERNATIONAL, INC., a Minnesota corporation, 
hereby promises to pay to the order of [              ]  (the "Bank") at the 
main office of U.S. Bank National Association in Minneapolis, Minnesota, in 
lawful money of the United States of America in Immediately Available Funds 
(as such term and each other capitalized term used herein are defined in the 
Credit Agreement hereinafter referred to) on the Commitment Ending Date, the 
principal amount of [            ] AND NO/100 DOLLARS ($[               .00]) 
or, if less, the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Advances made by 
the Bank under the Credit Agreement, and to pay interest (computed on the 
basis of actual days elapsed and a year of 360 days) in like funds on the 
unpaid principal amount hereof from time to time outstanding at the rates and 
times set forth in the Credit Agreement.

     This note is one of the Notes referred to in the Amended and Restated 
Credit Agreement dated as of January 12, 1998 (as the same may hereafter be 
from time to time amended, restated or otherwise modified, the "Credit 
Agreement") among the undersigned, the Bank and the other banks named 
therein.  This note is secured, it is subject to certain permissive and 
mandatory prepayments and its maturity is subject to acceleration, in each 
case upon the terms provided in said Credit Agreement.

     In the event of default hereunder, the undersigned agrees to pay all 
costs and expenses of collection, including reasonable attorneys' fees.  The 
undersigned waives demand, presentment, notice of nonpayment, protest, notice 
of protest and notice of dishonor.

     THE VALIDITY, CONSTRUCTION AND ENFORCEABILITY OF THIS NOTE SHALL BE 
GOVERNED BY THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF MINNESOTA WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT 
TO THE CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF, BUT GIVING EFFECT TO FEDERAL LAWS 
OF THE UNITED STATES APPLICABLE TO NATIONAL BANKS.

                                   DAMARK INTERNATIONAL, INC.

                                   By
                                     --------------------------------------

                                   Title 
                                        -----------------------------------


<PAGE>

                                                                EXHIBIT 1.1-E TO
                                                                CREDIT AGREEMENT

                               BANK COMMITMENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         Commitment
Bank                                       Amount
- ----                                     ----------
<S>                                      <C>
U.S. Bank National Association           $25,000,000

The Sumitomo Bank, Limited,
 Chicago Branch                           17,500,000

Bank One, Wisconsin                       17,500,000
                                         -----------
                        Total            $60,000,000
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

                                                              ATTACHMENT 1(r) TO
                                                                CREDIT AGREEMENT


                           MATTERS TO BE COVERED BY
                              OPINION OF COUNSEL
                                TO THE BORROWER
                               AND SUBSIDIARIES

     The opinion of counsel to the Borrower and the Subsidiaries which is 
called for by Article III of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the 
"Credit Agreement") shall be addressed to the Banks and dated the date of the 
Agreement. It shall be satisfactory in form and substance to the Banks and 
shall cover the matters set forth below, subject to such assumptions, 
exceptions and qualifications as may be acceptable to the Banks and counsel 
to the Banks.

     (i)  The Borrower is a corporation duly incorporated and validly 
existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Minnesota and 
has all requisite corporate power and authority to carry on its business as 
now conducted, to enter into the Borrower Loan Documents and to perform all 
of its obligations under each and all of the foregoing.

     (ii)  The execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower of the 
Borrower Loan Documents have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate 
action by the Borrower.

     (iii)  The Borrower Loan Documents constitute the legal, valid and 
binding obligations of the Borrower, enforceable against the Borrower in 
accordance with their respective terms.

     (iv)  The execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower of the 
Borrower Loan Documents will not (i) violate any provision of any law, 
statute, rule or regulation or, to the best knowledge of such counsel, any 
order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, determination or award of any 
court, governmental agency or arbitrator presently in effect having 
applicability to the Borrower, (ii) violate or contravene any provision of 
the Articles of Incorporation or bylaws of the Borrower, or (iii) result in a 
breach of or constitute a default under any indenture, loan or credit 
agreement or any other material agreement, lease or instrument known to such 
counsel to which the Borrower is a party or by which it or any of its 
properties may be bound or result in the creation of any Lien thereunder 
except as may be contemplated by the Credit Agreement.

     (v)  No order, consent, approval, license, authorization or validation 
of, or filing, recording or registration with, or exemption by, any 
governmental or public body or authority is required on the part of the 
Borrower to authorize, or is required in connection with the execution, 
delivery and performance of, or the legality, validity, binding effect or 
enforceability of, the Borrower Loan Documents, except for 


<PAGE>

any necessary filing or recordation of or with respect to any of the Security 
Documents.

     (vi)  To the best knowledge of such counsel, there are no actions, suits 
or proceedings pending or threatened against or affecting the Borrower or any 
of its properties before any court or arbitrator, or any governmental 
department, board, agency or other instrumentality which (i) challenge the 
legality, validity or enforceability of the Borrower Loan Documents, or (ii) 
if determined adversely to the Borrower, would have a material adverse effect 
on the business, operations, property or condition (financial or otherwise) 
of the Borrower or on the ability of the Borrower to perform its obligations 
under the Borrower Loan Documents.

     (vii)  As to any Security Documents which are security agreements, the 
filing of the Uniform Commercial Code financing statements delivered by the 
Borrower to the Banks in the filing offices listed thereon will perfect Liens 
created under such security agreements to the extent such Liens are capable 
of being perfected by filing financing statements under the Uniform 
Commercial Code.


<PAGE>

                                                               EXHIBIT 5.1(e) TO
                                                                CREDIT AGREEMENT

                       [FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE]


To:  U.S. Bank National Association

THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY CERTIFIES THAT:

     (1)  I am the duly elected chief financial officer of DAMARK 
INTERNATIONAL, INC. (the "Borrower");

     (2)  I have reviewed the terms of the Amended and Restated Credit 
Agreement dated as of January 12, 1998 among the Borrower, U.S. Bank National 
Association and certain Banks named therein (the "Credit Agreement") and I 
have made, or have caused to be made under my supervision, a detailed review 
of the transactions and conditions of the Borrower during the accounting 
period covered by the Attachment hereto;

     (3)  The examination described in paragraph (2) did not disclose, and I 
have no knowledge, whether arising out of such examinations or otherwise, of 
the existence of any condition or event which constitutes a Default or an 
Event of Default (as such terms are defined in the Credit Agreement) during 
or at the end of the accounting period covered by the Attachment hereto or as 
of the date of this Certificate, except as described below (or on a separate 
attachment to this Certificate).  The exceptions listing, in detail, the 
nature of the condition or event, the period during which it has existed and 
the action which the Borrower has taken, is taking or proposes to take with 
respect to each such condition or event are as follows:

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     The foregoing certification, together with the computations in the 
Attachment hereto and the financial statements delivered with this 
Certificate in support hereof, are made and delivered this         day of 
___________, ____, pursuant to Section 5.1(e) of the Credit Agreement.

                                       DAMARK INTERNATIONAL, INC.


                                       By
                                         -----------------------------

                                       Title
                                            --------------------------

<PAGE>

                     ATTACHMENT TO COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE
                    AS OF ___________, ____ WHICH PERTAINS
                     TO THE PERIOD FROM ___________, _____
                            TO ____________, _____



1.   STOCK REPURCHASES (SECTION 6.6)

     (a)  Aggregate Purchase Price for Stock Repurchased
          During Preceding 12 Calendar Months                        $__________

     (b)  Maximum Aggregate Purchase Price Permitted
          under Section 6.6

     COVENANT:

          / /    In compliance       / /    Not in compliance


2.   CAPITAL EXPENDITURES (SECTION 6.9)

     (a)  Aggregate Capital Expenditures made
          in Current Fiscal Year-to-Date                             $__________

     (b)  Maximum Aggregate Capital Expenditures
          Permitted Under Section 6.9                                $__________

     COVENANT:

          / /    In compliance       / /    Not in compliance

<PAGE>

3.   TANGIBLE NET WORTH (SECTION 6.15) (DETERMINED AT QUARTER-END)

     (a)  Tangible Net Worth at such
          fiscal quarter-end                                       $__________

     (b)  Minimum Tangible Net Worth
          Required Under Section 6.15                              $__________

          (i)   Minimum Tangible Net
                Worth requirement under
                 Section 6.15 as of preceding
                fiscal year-end ($50,551,000
                for 1996 fiscal year-end)              $__________

          (ii)  75% of cumulative Net
                Income during current
                fiscal year to date                    $__________

          (iii) Minimum Required Tangible
                Net Worth as of quarter-end
               (Line 3(b)(i) + Line 3(b)(ii))                      $_________

     COVENANT:

               / /    In compliance       / /    Not in compliance


4.   MINIMUM EBITDA (SECTION 6.19) (DETERMINED AT FISCAL QUARTER-END FOR THE 
     FOUR FISCAL QUARTERS THEN ENDED)

     (a)  Calculation of EBITDA

          (i)   operating income                       $__________

          (ii)  PLUS depreciation                      $__________

          (iii) PLUS amortization                      $__________

          (vi)  EBITDA (Sum of Lines 4(a)(i) through
                Line 4(a)(iii))                                    $__________

     (b)  Minimum EBITDA Required
          Under Section 6.19                                       $__________

     COVENANT:

               / /    In compliance       / /    Not in compliance


                                     - 2 -
<PAGE>

5.   FIXED CHARGE COVERAGE RATIO (SECTION 6.16) (DETERMINED AT QUARTER-END FOR
     THE FOUR FISCAL QUARTERS THEN ENDED)

     (a)  EBITDA (Line 4(a)(iv))                                   $__________

     (b)  Operating Lease Expense                                  $__________

     (c)  Sum of Line 5(a) plus Line 5(b)                          $__________

     (d)  Calculation of Fixed Charges:

          (i)   Net Interest Expense                   $__________

          (ii)  PLUS Capital Expenditures              $__________

          (iii) LESS Capital Expenditures
                made from specific equity
                capital with Bank consent              $__________

          (iv)  PLUS Operating Lease Expense           $__________

          (v)  PLUS Cash Taxes                         $__________

          (vi) Fixed Charges (Sum of
               Lines 5(d)(i) through 5(d)(iv))                     $__________

     (e)  Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio
          (Line 5(c) to Line 5(d)(iv))                          ______ to 1.00

     (f)  Minimum Fixed Charge Coverage
          Ratio Required by Section 6.16                        ______ to 1.00


     COVENANT:

           / /    In compliance            / /    Not in compliance


                                     - 3 -
<PAGE>

6.   RATIO OF TOTAL FUNDED DEBT TO EBITDA (SECTION 6.17) (DETERMINED AT FISCAL
     QUARTER-END FOR THE FOUR FISCAL QUARTERS THEN ENDED)

     (a)  Calculation of Total Funded Debt

          (i)   Aggregate Principal Balance of
                Outstanding Loans                      $__________

          (ii)  PLUS Aggregate Stated Amount
                of Outstanding Standby
                Letters of Credit                      $__________

          (iii) Total Funded Debt
                (Line 6(a)(i) + Line 6(a)(ii))                     $__________

     (b)  EBITDA (Line 4(a)(iv))                                   $__________

     (c)  Ratio of Line 6(a)(iii) to Line 6(b)                  ______ to 1.00

     (d)  Maximum Ratio Permitted Under
          Section 6.17                                            3.00 to 1.00

     COVENANT:

               / /    In compliance       / /    Not in compliance

7.   TRADE SUPPORT RATIO (SECTION 6.18)

     (a)  Total Trade Accounts                                     $__________

     (b)  Total Inventory                                          $__________

     (c)  Ratio of Line 7(a) to Line 7(b)                       ______ to 1.00

     (d)  Minimum Ratio Required Under
          Section 6.18                                            .475 to 1.00

     COVENANT:

               / /    In compliance       / /    Not in compliance


                                     - 4 -
<PAGE>

                                                            EXHIBIT 6.2(c) TO
                                                             CREDIT AGREEMENT


                                LEGAL DESCRIPTION


LOT 25, AND THE EAST THREE-FOURTHS OF LOT 24 AS MEASURED ON THE NORTH AND 
SOUTH LINES OF SAID LOT 24, TOGETHER WITH THE SOUTH 30 FEET OF LOT 24 LYING 
WEST OF SAID EAST THREE-FOURTHS OF SAID LOT 24, ALL IN BROOKLYN GARDENS, 
HENNEPIN COUNTY, MINNESOTA.



<PAGE>

                                                               EXHIBIT 13





                      DAMARK INTERNATIONAL, INC.

      MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
          AND RESULTS OF OPERATION COVERING THE YEARS ENDED
                     DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996


<PAGE>
           MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
                 CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Net revenues of $594.6 million for 1997 increased $80.9 million, or 15.7%, 
from $513.7 million in 1996. Net revenues for 1996 represented a 2.7% 
increase over 1995 net revenues of $500.0 million.  The 1997 increase in net 
revenues was primarily due to the success of new membership programs and 
increased catalog circulation. Net revenues include, among other items, 
membership fees earned from the Company's clubs.  Club membership fees were 
$66.4 million, an increase of 31.2% in 1997, as compared to $50.6 million in 
1996 and $47.8 million in 1995.  During 1997, approximately 929,000 new 
members were added to the Company's clubs, an increase of approximately 
77.3%, as compared to the 524,000 new members added in 1996 and 613,000 new 
members added in 1995.  This increase in club members was due in large part 
to continued strategic advancements made by the Company toward its goal of 
becoming a leader in the membership services industry.  During 1997, the 
Company began to test market its membership programs on behalf of large 
customer list-owning clients, and the Company expanded the use of outbound 
telemarketing services to market its expanded portfolio of membership 
programs.   The Company experienced continued success in marketing its 
Vacation Passport-Registered Trademark- and Insiders-Registered Trademark- 
clubs, first offered to customers during 1996. In 1997, the Company 
successfully launched two additional clubs: Essentials for Home-SM- and Great 
Deal Pack-SM-.

During 1997, club members renewed their memberships, in record numbers.  The 
number of renewing members totaled 867,000 members in 1997, as compared to 
789,000 members and 626,000 members  in 1996 and 1995, respectively.   At 
December 31, 1997, total club membership was 1,358,000.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   1997            1996          1995
                                  ------          ------        ------
 <S>                            <C>              <C>            <C>
 CLUB STATISTICS:
  Club membership at year end   1,358,000        1,044,000      987,000
  Number of new club members      929,000          524,000      613,000
  Number of members renewed       867,000          789,000      626,000
</TABLE>
In addition to membership revenues, net revenues include 
direct-to-the-consumer product shipments.  During 1997, the Company mailed 
166.1 million catalogs or approximately 14.6% more than the 145.0 million 
catalogs mailed during 1996. The average customer order increased to $173 in 
1997, as a result of the Company's offering of longer-duration installment 
billing programs, as compared to an average order size of $166 in 1996. 
During 1996, the Company mailed approximately the same number of catalogs as 
in 1995, but the Company realized a 4.4% decrease in total sales per catalog 
mailed of $3.66 in 1996, primarily as a result of overall softness in 
consumer response.  The increase in net revenues in 1996, as compared to 
1995, was primarily the result of the increased number of club members 
renewing their memberships and the membership fees generated by the Company's 
introduction of two new clubs: Vacation Passport and Insiders.

The customer product return rate decreased to 14.1% of gross product sales in 
1997, as compared with 15.0% in 1996 and 15.2% in 1995, as a result of 
implementation of the Company's revised return policy during the first half 
of 1997.  The revised policy shortened the overall period for which customers 
may return products, bringing the Company's policy more into line with 
industry standards.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         1997           1996          1995
                                        ------         ------        ------
<S>                                    <C>            <C>            <C>
CATALOG STATISTICS:
 Number of catalogs mailed (in
  thousands)                           166,100        145,000       144,600
 Average order                            $173           $166          $165
 Sales per catalog:
  Front-end (new) customers              $1.90          $2.06         $2.28
  Non-club (back-end) customers          $3.38          $3.33         $3.36
  Club (back-end) customers              $8.18          $7.70         $8.21
  Total company                          $3.71          $3.66         $3.83
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

           MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
                 CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
                              (CONTINUED)

The Company's product profit margin is affected by the mix of sales among the 
Company's six primary product categories, the mix of sales to Preferred 
Buyers' Club (PBC) and Insiders members who receive a 10% discount and net 
shipping and handling revenues generated from product shipments.  Products 
with higher price points, such as computers and consumer electronics, 
generally have lower percentage profit margins but provide higher actual 
margin contribution per unit. Conversely, products with lower price points, 
such as home decor, home improvement and sports/fitness products, generally 
have higher percentage profit margins but provide less actual dollar margin 
contribution per unit.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               1997          1996      1995
                                              ------        ------    ------
<S>                                           <C>           <C>       <C>
PERCENT OF SALES BY CUSTOMER SEGMENT:
 Front-end customers                           26%           28%       33%
 Non-club customers                            25%           25%       21%
 Club customers                                49%           47%       46%

PERCENT OF SALES BY PRODUCT SEGMENT:
 Computers                                     30.7%         29.8%     27.2%
 Home Office                                   14.5%         16.3%     15.6%
 Consumer Electronics                          18.3%         18.2%     18.1%
 Home Decor                                    14.3%         13.5%     15.2%
 Home Improvement                              16.1%         14.8%     14.5%
 Sports/Fitness                                 6.1%          7.4%      9.4%
                                              ------        ------    ------
                                              100.0%        100.0%    100.0%
                                              ------        ------    ------
                                              ------        ------    ------
</TABLE>

Overall gross profit margins, as a percentage of net revenues, increased to 
28.8% in 1997 from 27.8% for 1996 and 25.0% for 1995.  This increase in 
1997 is primarily a result of increased revenues generated by the Company's 
membership programs due to improved  member retention, increases in selected 
annual membership fees, the change in mix of clubs sold and the large 
increase in net new club members during 1997. Membership revenues typically 
carry larger gross profit margins than product sales.  The product profit 
margin realized in 1997 was adversely impacted by the higher mix of product 
sales to PBC and Insiders members (who receive a 10% discount) and an 
increased mix of sales in lower margin product categories.

Marketing and administrative expenses were $159.8 million in 1997, as 
compared to $133.3 million and $126.7 million in 1996 and 1995, respectively. 
These expenses, as a percent of net revenues, were 26.9% in 1997, 26.0% in 
1996 and 25.3% in 1995.  During 1997, the Company continued to incur 
administrative and other costs in connection with building additional 
infrastructure capabilities and providing information technology resources as 
the Company continues its transformation to a membership services company.  
Advertising costs, increased 18.4% to $76.0 million in 1997 from $64.2 
million in 1996 as a result of increased catalog circulation and outbound 
telemarketing of the Company's membership clubs. Despite an increase in sales 
productivity, on a per catalog mailed basis, advertising leverage declined to 
12.8% during 1997, as compared to 12.5% in 1996, primarily due to the 
Company's expanded use of outbound telemarketing and the overall softness in 
consumer response experienced during the United Parcel Service strike.  
Although prior arrangements to utilize an alternative shipping vendor had 
been made, the Company experienced a precipitous decline in new customer 
orders during the UPS strike.  In addition, the Company incurred incremental 
costs during 1997 in connection with bringing its third telemarketing center 
on-line earlier and with a more inexperienced workforce than the Company's 
other call centers.  This was necessitated in large part by extreme labor 
shortages in the Minneapolis/Saint Paul marketplace.

Marketing and administrative expenses increased from 1995 to 1996, primarily 
as a result of mailing catalogs with larger page counts, opening the 
Company's second telemarketing center, developing infrastructure capability 
and providing information technology resources.

<PAGE>

           MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
                 CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
                              (CONTINUED)

The Company reported net interest expense of $1.8 million in 1997 as a result 
of increased borrowings outstanding under its revolving credit facility to 
fund increased working capital requirements related to its installment 
billing programs and increased inventory levels.  The Company incurred net 
interest expense of $66,000 in 1996 and $191,000 in 1995.

The Company's effective income tax rate was 34.0% in 1997 and 33.5% in each 
of 1996 and 1995.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

The Company's liquidity, as measured by its working capital, was $24.3 
million at December 31, 1997, as compared to $19.7 million at December 31, 
1996.  The Company's current ratio was 1.2 to 1.0 at December 31, 1997 and 
1996.

Net cash used in operating activities totaled $30.4 million for 1997, as 
compared with net cash provided by operating activities of $6.3 million 
during 1996.  During 1997, the Company's net working capital requirements 
increased primarily due to the offering of installment billing programs over 
five or nine-month periods and increased inventory levels needed to support 
anticipated increased product sales growth.  Receivables are expected to 
decrease during 1998 as the Company will limit its offerings of these 
longer-duration installment billing programs in 1998.  Deferred membership 
income, recorded net of direct acquisition-related costs, totaled $20.9 
million at December 31, 1997, as compared to $16.3 million December 31, 1996 
primarily due to the increased number of club members.

During 1997, capital expenditures were approximately $11.3 million, as 
compared with $8.6 million during 1996. Capital expenditures made during 1997 
included costs associated with the opening of an additional telemarketing 
center.  In addition, expenditures for computer hardware and software-related 
costs were incurred in connection with the development and deployment of a 
proprietary value delivery system which is used to increase opportunities to 
market club memberships to customers and to provide relationship marketing 
services for large, customer list-owning clients.  During 1997, the Company 
continued to make enhancements in other areas which will enable it to provide 
improved customer service and gain operational efficiencies.  The Company 
continually evaluates its needs for additional investments to further enhance 
customer satisfaction, information technologies and infrastructure 
capabilities as it builds its  membership services capabilities.  Management 
currently anticipates that it will spend in the range of $8 to $10 million on 
capital expenditures during 1998.

The Company's computer systems and those of third parties with whom it does 
business will be affected when the year changes to 2000, commonly known as 
the "year 2000 problem".  The Company is currently conducting an internal 
study to determine the full scope and related costs of modifying its computer 
systems to ensure proper processing of transactions into and beyond the year 
2000.  The Company expects that it will begin to incur costs in 1998 to 
address the year 2000 issues identified during the internal study.  Although 
these costs currently are not expected to be significant, failure to achieve 
timely completion of required modifications or conversions or failure of the 
third parties with whom the Company has relationships (vendors, clients, 
credit card processors and others)  to be year 2000 compliant could have a 
material adverse impact on the operations and financial condition of the 
company.  Maintenance or modification costs incurred by the Company will be 
expensed and costs of new software (whether purchased or internally 
developed) will be capitalized and amortized over the useful life of the 
applicable software.

In early January 1998, the Company amended its credit facility to provide for 
a $60 million revolving line of credit and letter of credit facility 
available through December 31, 2000, and to permit the entire facility to be 
available for standby and documentary letters of credit and working capital 
requirements, subject to a defined borrowing base. Borrowings outstanding 
under the line of credit bear interest, at the Company's option, at the 
reference rate of interest or LIBOR plus 1.50% and are collateralized by 
receivables, inventories, intangible assets and property and equipment other 
than buildings, land and vehicles.  At December 31, 1997, the Company had 
borrowings outstanding of $44.4 million under its revolving line of credit 
and letters of credit outstanding of $3.5 million.  The letters of credit 
were issued primarily for the purchase of inventory from foreign sources.  
The credit facility agreement includes certain customary restrictive 
<PAGE>

           MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
                 CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
                              (CONTINUED)

covenants which, among other matters, require the Company to satisfy certain 
financial tests and ratios and place certain limitations on the incurrence of 
additional indebtedness and the level of capital expenditures.  The Company 
was in compliance with all covenants of its amended credit facility at 
December 31, 1997.


The Company offers its customers varying installment billing programs with no 
finance charges payable to the Company.  As a result, the Company supported 
installment plan receivables aggregating $50.5 million and $24.3 million at 
December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively.  The balance of the Company's 
installment plan receivables at any point in time is generally reflective of 
sales volume fluctuations, as approximately 30% to 35% of the Company's net 
revenues are financed by customers on one of its installment billing 
programs. The increase in installment plan receivables during 1997 was the 
result of offering longer-duration installment billing programs throughout 
the year. Receivables, on an overall basis, are expected to decrease during 
1998 as the Company will limit its offerings of these longer-duration 
installment billing programs in 1998. the Company will continue to offer 
certain installment programs to its customers, which will require the 
allocation of capital resources which the Company expects to fund from 
internal operations and availability under its revolving credit facility.

During 1997, the Company repurchased 72,500 shares of its Class A Common 
Stock at an aggregate cost of $701,000 million.  At December 31, 1997, the 
Company had authorization from the Board of Directors to repurchase up to an 
additional 327,500 shares of its common stock.  On January 30, 1998, Mark A. 
Cohn, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, 
assigned to the Company an option to purchase 456,548 shares of Common Stock 
from David A. Russ, a former officer who has retired from the Company.  The 
option must be exercised by the Company by June 1, 1998 at an exercise price 
of $8.95 as of January 30, 1998 and increasing incrementally to $9.18 on June 
1, 1998.  Future repurchases will be based on market conditions and cannot be 
ascertained currently.  Repurchases, if any, would be funded by the 
Company's available cash or availability under its credit facility and would 
reduce liquidity.

The Company anticipates that cash generated from operations and available 
borrowing capacity under its current credit facility will be sufficient to 
fund the Company's operations, working capital requirements and capital 
expenditures for the next twelve months.

SEASONALITY

The Company's business is subject to significant seasonal variations in 
consumer demand which the Company believes are generally associated with the 
direct marketing and retail industries.  Historically, the Company's net 
revenues have been the largest during the fourth calendar quarter and a 
significant portion of its earnings has been realized during this same 
period. The Company's operating results during this period may be affected by 
holiday spending patterns, as well as the timing and effectiveness of catalog 
mailings and general economic and other conditions.  In anticipation of its 
peak selling season, the Company hires additional flex-time employees in its 
telemarketing, order processing and distribution areas; increases its 
inventories and incurs significant catalog production and mailing costs.  The 
Company's annual operating results could be adversely affected if, among 
other factors, the Company's revenues were to be substantially below seasonal 
expectations during the October through December period or if a sufficient 
number of qualified employees would not be available on a flex-time or other 
non-permanent basis.

INFLATION

Excluding increases in postage and paper costs, inflation has not had, and 
the Company does not expect it to have, a material impact on operating 
results, but there can be no assurance that the Company's business will not 
be affected by inflation in the future.  The Company did experience 
significant increases in the cost of paper and postage during 1995.  While 
the increases in paper costs have subsided, significant cost increases in 
these areas could have a material impact on advertising and other promotional 
costs in future periods.  The Company anticipates a postage increase in 1998.

<PAGE>

           MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
                 CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
                              (CONTINUED)

FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION

Forward-looking statements contained herein are made pursuant to the safe 
harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. 
Certain important factors exist that could cause results to differ materially 
from those anticipated by some of the statements made above.  Investors are 
cautioned that all forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainty. 
The factors, among others, that could cause actual results to differ 
materially include: consumer spending and debt levels; interest rates; 
failure of the Company or significant third parties to achieve year 2000 
compliance, including material costs being incurred in connection with such 
compliance; changes or consumer perceptions of changes in the domestic and/or 
international economic and political climates; continuity of relationships 
with or purchases from major vendors; arrangements with list owners; changes 
in marketing strategy; changes in product mix; telemarketing center 
integration; competitive pressures on sales, pricing and membership services; 
availability of financing on favorable terms; higher than expected 
installment plan default rates; and increases in catalog production, product, 
postage, shipping and other costs which cannot be recovered through improved 
pricing of products and services.

RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

Statement of Financial Accounting Standards Statement No. 130, "Reporting 
Comprehensive Income" ("FASB No. 130"), effective beginning in 1998, 
establishes standards of disclosure and financial statement display for 
reporting total comprehensive income and the individual components thereof. 
Management believes the adoption of FASB No. 130 will not have a material 
impact on the Company's financial position or results of operations.

FASB No. 131, "Disclosures About Segments of an Enterprise and Related 
Information", effective in 1998, establishes new standards for determining 
reportable segments and for disclosing information regarding each such 
segment. Management has not yet determined the impact of FASB No. 131 on the 
Company's financial position or results of operations.

<PAGE>
                                                                   EXHIBIT 13.1










                          DAMARK INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                                       
                       CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                          DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996

<PAGE>



                          DAMARK INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                                  DECEMBER 31
                         (Dollar amounts in thousands)
                                       
                                    ASSETS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           1997           1996
                                                         ---------      ---------
<S>                                                     <C>            <C>
Current Assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $     474      $       2
  Trade accounts receivable, net. . . . . . . . . . .       69,788         30,985
  Due from vendors and other, net . . . . . . . . . .        7,785          6,602
  Merchandise inventories . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       70,744         53,016
  Deferred catalog costs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        9,849          6,613
  Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        1,643          1,257
                                                         ---------      ---------
    Total current assets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      160,283         98,475

Property and Equipment, net . . . . . . . . . . . . .       38,351         35,904
Intangible and Other Assets, net. . . . . . . . . . .        7,555          8,411
                                                         ---------      ---------
                                                         $ 206,189      $ 142,790
                                                         ---------      ---------
                                                         ---------      ---------
</TABLE>

                     LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                     <C>            <C>
Current Liabilities:
  Accounts payable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $  49,532      $  41,880
  Accrued liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       18,439         15,226
  Deferred membership income, net . . . . . . . . . .       20,938         16,292
  Deferred income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        2,675          2,413
  Borrowings under revolving credit facility. . . . .       44,400          3,000
                                                         ---------      ---------
    Total current liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . .      135,984         78,811

Deferred Income Taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        1,542          1,435
Commitments and Contingencies . . . . . . . . . . . .                            
                                                         ---------      ---------

Shareholders' Equity:
  Class A Common Stock, $.01 par, 20 million shares 
    authorized; 8,025,964 and 8,052,147 shares issued 
    and outstanding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .           80             81
  Class B Common Stock, $.01 par, 2 million shares 
    authorized; none issued and outstanding . . . . .           --             --
  Paid-in capital . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       75,452         75,637
  Accumulated deficit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       (6,869)       (13,174)
                                                         ---------      ---------
    Total shareholders' equity. . . . . . . . . . . .       68,663         62,544
                                                         ---------      ---------
                                                         $ 206,189      $ 142,790
                                                         ---------      ---------
                                                         ---------      ---------
</TABLE>



           See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

<PAGE>

                          DAMARK INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                            YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31
       (Dollar and share amounts in thousands except per share amounts)
                                       
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           1997           1996           1995
                                                         ---------      ---------      ---------
<S>                                                     <C>            <C>            <C>
Net revenues. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $ 594,627      $ 513,716      $ 500,024
Cost of products and services . . . . . . . . . . . .      423,411        371,145        375,188
                                                         ---------      ---------      ---------
  Gross profit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      171,216        142,571        124,836
Marketing and administrative expenses . . . . . . . .      159,842        133,317        126,727
                                                         ---------      ---------      ---------
  Operating income (loss) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       11,374          9,254         (1,891)
Interest expense, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       (1,757)           (66)          (191)
Other expenses, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          (67)           (65)          (709)
                                                         ---------      ---------      ---------
  Income (loss) before income taxes . . . . . . . . .        9,550          9,123         (2,791)
Income tax benefit (provision). . . . . . . . . . . .       (3,245)        (3,055)           935
                                                         ---------      ---------      ---------
  Net income (loss) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $   6,305      $   6,068      $  (1,856)
                                                         ---------      ---------      ---------
                                                         ---------      ---------      ---------

Basic earnings per common share:
  Net earnings (loss) per share . . . . . . . . . . .    $    0.78      $    0.72       $  (0.20)
  Weighted average common shares outstanding. . . . .        8,033          8,417          9,093
                                                         ---------      ---------      ---------
                                                         ---------      ---------      ---------

Diluted earnings per common share:
  Net earnings (loss) per share . . . . . . . . . . .    $    0.74      $    0.70       $  (0.20)
  Weighted average common and common equivalent 
    shares outstanding. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        8,480          8,713          9,093
                                                         ---------      ---------      ---------
                                                         ---------      ---------      ---------
</TABLE>



           See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

<PAGE>


                          DAMARK INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
                            YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31
                    (Dollar and share amounts in thousands)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                            Class A                   Class B
                                          Common Stock              Common Stock
                                      --------------------       ------------------                                  Total
                                        Number        Par          Number     Par      Paid In    Accumulated    Shareholders'
                                      of Shares      Value       of Shares   Value     Capital      Deficit          Equity
                                      ---------     ------       ---------   ------    -------    -----------    -------------
<S>                                   <C>           <C>          <C>         <C>       <C>        <C>            <C>
Balance, December 31, 1994              9,571        $  96            --     $  --     $89,270    $   (17,386)      $   71,980

Exercise of stock options                  59            1            --        --         192             --              193
Repurchase and retirement
 of common stock                         (730)          (7)           --        --      (5,374)            --           (5,381)
Net loss                                   --           --            --        --          --         (1,856)          (1,856)
                                      ---------     ------       ---------   ------    -------    -----------    -------------

Balance, December 31, 1995              8,900           90            --        --      84,088        (19,242)          64,936

Exercise of stock options                  72           --            --        --         319             --              319
Repurchase and retirement
 of common stock                         (920)          (9)           --        --      (8,770)            --           (8,779)
Net income                                 --           --            --        --          --          6,068            6,068
                                      ---------     ------       ---------   ------    -------    -----------    -------------

Balance, December 31, 1996              8,052           81            --        --      75,637        (13,174)          62,544

Exercise of stock options                  46           --            --        --         515             --              515
Repurchase and retirement
 of common stock                          (72)          (1)           --        --        (700)            --             (701)
Net income                                 --           --            --        --          --          6,305            6,305
                                      ---------     ------       ---------   ------    -------    -----------    -------------

Balance, December 31, 1997              8,026        $  80            --     $  --     $75,452    $    (6,869)       $  68,663
                                      ---------     ------       ---------   ------    -------    -----------    -------------
                                      ---------     ------       ---------   ------    -------    -----------    -------------

</TABLE>

             See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements


<PAGE>
                          DAMARK INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                            YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31
                        (Dollars amounts in thousands)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                            1997           1996           1995
                                                         ---------      ---------       --------
<S>                                                      <C>            <C>             <C>

OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
   Net income (loss)                                     $  6,305       $  6,068        $(1,856)
   Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net
    cash provided by (used in) operating activities:



     Depreciation and amortization                          8,716          6,890          5,058
     Deferred income taxes                                    369            397         (1,966)
     (Gain) loss on disposal of property                     (152)            --            487
     Changes in working capital items-
      Receivables                                         (39,986)        (6,945)         6,096
      Merchandise inventories                             (17,728)           528         10,930
      Deferred catalog costs and other current assets      (3,622)        (1,136)         1,393
      Accounts payable and accrued liabilities             11,004         (2,230)        (4,874)
      Deferred membership income                            4,646          2,704            414
                                                         ---------      ---------       --------

      Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities (30,448)         6,276         15,682
                                                         ---------      ---------       --------

INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

   Property and equipment additions, net                   (9,999)        (8,580)        (8,587)
   Other, net                                                (156)          (487)          (110)
                                                         ---------      ---------       --------
      Net cash used in investing activities               (10,155)        (9,067)        (8,697)
                                                         ---------      ---------       --------

FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
   Borrowings under revolving credit facility, net         41,400          3,000             --
   Repayments of long-term debt                                --           (250)          (250)
   Repurchase and retirement of common stock                 (701)        (8,779)        (5,381)
   Net proceeds from employee exercise of stock options       376            152            111
                                                         ---------      ---------       --------

      Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities  41,075         (5,877)        (5,520)
                                                         ---------      ---------       --------

      Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents        472         (8,668)         1,465

   Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year                 2          8,670          7,205
                                                         ---------      ---------       --------

   Cash and cash equivalents, end of year                $    474        $     2        $ 8,670
                                                         ---------      ---------       --------
                                                         ---------      ---------       --------

SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW  INFORMATION:
   Interest paid during the year                         $  1,540        $   220        $   441
   Income taxes paid during the year                        2,417          2,810            246
                                                         ---------      ---------       --------
                                                         ---------      ---------       --------
</TABLE>
           See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements
<PAGE>

DAMARK International, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(1)  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

     DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION

     The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of DAMARK 
International, Inc. and its subsidiaries, each of which is wholly-owned 
(collectively, "DAMARK" or the "Company").  All significant intercompany 
transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

     DAMARK is an integrated relationship marketer providing consumers with a 
range of tailored products and services branded under DAMARK-owned nameplates 
and the nameplates of other consumer marketers.  DAMARK's programs, products 
and services are offered through direct mail and telemarketing channels.  The 
Company offers a variety of membership clubs which provide members with 
discounts on travel, hospitality and entertainment as well as retail, health 
and fitness and other convenience needs.  Currently, almost 1.4 million 
consumers belong to a DAMARK managed membership program.  In addition, 
brand-name, value-priced merchandise is sold through catalogs in six broad 
categories:  computers, home office, consumer electronics, home decor, home 
improvements and sports/fitness.

     USE OF ESTIMATES

     The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally 
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and 
assumptions that may affect the amounts reported in the financial statements 
and accompanying notes.  As a result, actual results could differ  because of 
the use of these estimates and assumptions.

     REVENUE RECOGNITION

     Revenue for products, reported net of sales and other discounts, is 
recognized at the time products are shipped to customers.  Shipping and 
handling fees are included as part of net revenues; the related freight costs 
associated with shipping the products to DAMARK's customers are included as a 
component of cost of products and services.  Amounts received from customers 
for products pending shipment are reflected as accrued liabilities.  The 
Company allows customers to return products for a specified period from the 
date of shipment and provides an allowance for returns, included in accrued 
liabilities, based on historical return experience.

     Membership fees for participation in the Company's clubs, net of direct 
costs incurred by the company to obtain the memberships and anticipated 
future costs, are recognized on a straight-line basis over the period for 
which the Company has potential future fulfillment obligations to its 
members; however, in situations where the Company has deemed that it has no 
potential future obligation, the revenues for these memberships are 
recognized at the beginning of the membership period.  Membership may be 
canceled anytime during the membership period.  The Company provides an 
allowance for cancellations based on the pro rata portion of revenue 
recognized and historical cancellation experience, and such allowances are 
included in accrued liabilities.

     MEMBERSHIP SOLICITATION AND OTHER DEFERRED COSTS

     Membership solicitation costs principally include:  telemarketing, 
transaction fees, printing, postage and the cost of membership kits related 
directly to membership solicitation (direct response advertising costs).  In 
accordance with Statement of Position 93-7, "Reporting on Advertising Costs," 
direct response advertising costs are deferred and charged to operations as 
revenues from membership fees are recognized.  Membership solicitation costs 
incurred to obtain a new member generally are less than the initial 
membership fee.  However, if membership solicitation costs were to exceed 
membership fees, an adjustment would be made to the extent of any impairment.

     CASH EQUIVALENTS

     Cash includes cash equivalents consisting of  highly liquid, short term 
investments purchased with original maturities of three months or less and 
recorded at cost, which approximates market value.


<PAGE>

(1)  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)


     TRADE ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

     The Company offers its customers varying installment billing programs 
with no finance charges payable to the Company.  At December 31, 1997 and 
1996, receivables associated with such installment billing plans approximated 
$50.5 million and $24.3 million, respectively.  Allowances for uncollectible 
trade and other accounts receivable were $1.7 million and $1.2 million at 
December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively.

     MERCHANDISE INVENTORIES

     Merchandise inventories are stated at the lower of cost, determined on a 
first-in, first-out basis, or net realizable market value.

     CATALOG COSTS

     Costs directly associated with the production and mailing of the 
Company's direct mail catalogs are deferred and amortized over the estimated 
periods in which related revenues are generated, generally three months or 
less.

     PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

     Property and equipment are stated at cost.  Depreciation and 
amortization for financial reporting purposes are generally provided on the 
straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets 
as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            Years
                                                         -----------
<S>                                                      <C>
     Building and improvements                             10 - 30
     Furniture, fixtures and warehouse equipment            7 - 10
     Computer hardware and software                          3 - 6
     Leasehold improvements                                 3 - 10
                                                         -----------
                                                         -----------
</TABLE>

Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of their estimated 
useful lives or the applicable lease period.

  The cost and accumulated depreciation of property and equipment retired or 
otherwise disposed of are removed from the related accounts; any residual 
balances are charged or credited to operations.

     INTANGIBLE ASSETS

     Intangible assets arising from the acquisition of COMB Corporation 
("COMB") during 1993 consist of a non-competition agreement, customer lists, 
and excess purchase price over net assets acquired and are being amortized on 
a straight-line basis over various periods not exceeding 25 years.  
Accumulated amortization was $3.7 million and $2.8 million at December 31, 
1997 and 1996, respectively.

     INCOME TAXES

     Deferred income taxes are provided for differences between the tax basis 
of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts for financial reporting 
purposes based on income tax rates in effect at the balance sheet date.

     STOCK OPTION PLANS

   The Company accounts for its stock option grants under Accounting 
Principles Board Opinion No. 25 "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees" 
("APB No. 25") and provides the pro forma footnote disclosures required by 
Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 123, "Accounting for Stock 
Based Compensation" ("FASB No. 123").


<PAGE>

(1)  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

     FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

     The financial instruments with which the Company is involved are 
primarily of a traditional nature.  The carrying amounts as reported in the 
accompanying consolidated balance sheets for cash and cash equivalents, 
receivables, accounts payable, and accrued liabilities approximate fair 
values principally as the result of the short maturities of these instruments.

(2)  PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

     At December 31, property and equipment consist of the following (dollar 
amounts in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          1997           1996
                                                      -----------    -----------
<S>                                                   <C>            <C>
     Building                                           $12,246        $12,216
     Land and improvements                                2,674          3,936
     Furniture, fixtures and warehouse equipment          8,154          7,011
     Computer hardware and software                      34,841         26,177
     Leasehold improvements                               4,598          3,180
     Accumulated depreciation and amortization          (24,162)       (16,616)
                                                      -----------    -----------
                                                        $38,351        $35,904
                                                      -----------    -----------
                                                      -----------    -----------
</TABLE>

(3)  FINANCING ARRANGEMENTS

     At December 31, 1997, the Company had a $50 million credit facility, 
consisting of a revolving line of credit and letter of credit facility 
available through March 1999.  The credit facility included a $45 million 
sublimit available for working capital and stand-by letter of credit 
requirements with the entire facility available for documentary letters of 
credit, in each case subject to a defined borrowing base.  Borrowings 
outstanding under the line of credit bore interest, at the Company's option, 
at the reference rate of interest or LIBOR plus 1.75% and were collateralized 
by receivables, inventories, intangible assets and property and equipment 
other than buildings, land and vehicles.  At December 31, 1997, the Company 
had borrowings outstanding of $44.4 million under its revolving line of 
credit and letters of credit outstanding of $3.5 million.  These letters of 
credit were issued primarily for the purchase of inventory from foreign 
sources.

     On January 12, 1998, the Company amended its credit facility.  The 
amended credit facility provides for a $60 million revolving line of credit 
and letter of credit facility available through December 31, 2000 and allows 
the entire facility to be available for standby and documentary letters of 
credit and working capital requirements, subject to a defined borrowing base. 
 In addition, borrowings outstanding under the revolving line of credit now 
bear interest, at the Company's option, at the reference rate of interest or 
LIBOR plus 1.50%.

     The agreement with respect to the credit facility includes covenants 
which, among other matters, require the Company to satisfy certain financial 
tests and ratios and places certain limitations on the incurrence of 
additional indebtedness and the level of capital expenditures.  The Company 
was in compliance with all covenants of its amended credit facility at 
December 31, 1997.

(4)  EARNINGS PER SHARE

     During 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board released Statement 
of Financial Accounting Standards No. 128, "Earnings Per Share" ("FASB No. 
128") which the Company adopted as of December 31, 1997.  Under FASB No. 128, 
basic earnings per share ("EPS") is computed based on the weighted average 
shares of common stock outstanding during the applicable periods while 
diluted EPS is computed based on the weighted average shares of common stock 
actually outstanding plus potential dilutive shares of common stock 
outstanding during the applicable periods.  Dilutive potential shares of 
common stock include stock options which have been granted to employees and 
directors of the Company.  FASB No. 128 also requires the restatement of 
prior years' EPS amounts.
<PAGE>

(4)  EARNINGS PER SHARE (CONTINUED)


The components of basic EPS, diluted EPS, and EPS as previously reported are 
as follows (dollar and share amounts in thousands, except per share amounts):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   Weighted
                                                                    Average
                                                  Income            Shares        Per Share
                                                  (Loss)         Outstanding        Amount
                                                ---------        -----------      ---------
<S>                                             <C>              <C>              <C>
    1997:
    Basic EPS                                   $   6,305          8,033           $  .78
    Dilutive effect of stock options                   --            447
                                                ---------        -----------
    Diluted EPS                                 $   6,305          8,480           $  .74
                                                ---------        -----------      ---------
                                                ---------        -----------      ---------
    1996:
    Basic EPS                                   $   6,068          8,417           $  .72
    Dilutive effect of stock options                   --            296
                                                ---------        -----------
    Diluted EPS                                 $   6,068          8,713           $  .70
                                                ---------        -----------      ---------
                                                ---------        -----------      ---------
    EPS, as previously reported                 $   6,068          8,730           $  .70
                                                ---------        -----------      ---------
                                                ---------        -----------      ---------
    1995:
    Basic EPS                                   $ (1,856)          9,093           $ (.20)
    Dilutive effect of stock options                  --              --
                                                ---------        -----------
    Diluted EPS                                 $ (1,856)          9,093           $ (.20)
                                                ---------        -----------      ---------
                                                ---------        -----------      ---------
    EPS, as previously reported                 $ (1,856)          9,093           $ (.20)
                                                ---------        -----------      ---------
                                                ---------        -----------      ---------
</TABLE>

In 1995, options to purchase 1,025,000 shares of common stock were not 
included in the computation of diluted EPS as their inclusion would have been 
antidilutive.

(5)  SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

     During 1997, 1996 and 1995, the Company repurchased 72,500, 919,500, and 
580,000 shares, respectively, of its Class A Common Stock (the "Common 
Stock"), in open market transactions, at an aggregate cost of approximately 
$701,000, $8.8 million and $4.4 million, respectively.  In addition, the 
Company also repurchased 150,000 shares during 1995 from a former officer of 
the Company, at a negotiated price based on the closing price of the 
Company's Common Stock on the date immediately preceding the effective date 
on which the terms of the repurchase were agreed.  At December 31, 1997, the 
Company had authorization from the Board of Directors to repurchase up to an 
additional 327,500 shares of its Common Stock.  On January 30, 1998, Mark A. 
Cohn, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, 
assigned to the Company an option to purchase 456,548 shares of Common Stock 
from David A. Russ, a former officer who has retired from the Company.  The 
option must be exercised by the Company by June 1, 1998 at an exercise price 
of $8.95 as of January 30, 1998 and increasing incrementally to $9.18 on June 
1, 1998.

(6)  STOCK OPTION PLANS

     The DAMARK International, Inc. Stock Option Plan (the "Plan") provides 
for the granting of incentive stock options ("ISO's") or non-statutory stock 
options to key employees.  At December 31, 1997, 1.2 million shares of Common 
Stock have been reserved for issuance, of which approximately 137,000 shares 
remain available for grant.  The purchase price of the shares of Common Stock 
subject to options granted under the Plan is determined by the Compensation 
Committee of the Board of Directors but shall not be less than 100% of the 
market value on the date of grant for ISO's or less than 85% of the market 
value on the date of grant for non-statutory options.  At December 31, 1997 
outstanding ISO's under the Plan vested in three equal annual installments 
<PAGE>

beginning on the first anniversary of the date of grant and expire ten years 
from the date of grant, subject to cancellation following termination of 
employment.

     Prior to the adoption of the Plan, certain employees, including 
executive management, were granted nonqualified stock options.  In addition, 
options to purchase common stock have been granted, from time to time, to 
certain members of the Board of Directors.  These options vest in three equal 
annual installments on the anniversary of the date of grant and expire, the 
earlier of one year after ceasing to be a director or ten years from the date 
of grant.

     The Company accounts for its stock option grants under APB No. 25.  
Since options have been granted at not less than the fair market value on the 
date of grant, no compensation expense has been recognized for the stock 
options granted.  Had compensation cost for option grants been determined 
consistent with FASB No. 123, the Company's net income and earnings per 
share, on a pro forma basis, would have been reported as follows:

     (Dollar amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        1997          1996        1995
                                      -------       -------     --------
<S>                                   <C>           <C>         <C>
     Net income (loss) -

       As reported                    $ 6,305       $ 6,068     $(1,856)
       Pro forma                        5,734       $ 5,722     $(1,979)
                                      -------       -------     -------
                                      -------       -------     -------
     Earnings per share -

       As reported
         Basic                        $  0.78       $  0.72     $ (0.20)
         Diluted                         0.74          0.70       (0.20)

     Pro forma
         Basic                           0.70          0.68       (0.22)
         Diluted                         0.67          0.66       (0.22)
                                      -------       -------     -------
                                      -------       -------     -------
</TABLE>
     Because the Statement No 123 method of accounting has not been applied 
to options granted by the Company prior to January 1, 1995, the resulting pro 
forma compensation cost may not be representative of that to be expected in 
future years.

     Information regarding the Company's stock option plans is summarized 
below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     1997                            1996                            1995
                                          --------------------------      --------------------------      --------------------------
                                                        Weighted                         Weighted                        Weighted
                                                        Average                          Average                         Average
    (Shares in thousands)                 Shares      Exercise Price      Shares      Exercise Price      Shares      Exercise Price
                                          ------      --------------      ------      --------------      ------      --------------
    <S>                                   <C>         <C>                 <C>         <C>                 <C>         <C>
    Options outstanding,
     beginning of year                     1,189          $  8.31          1,025          $  7.63            979          $  7.94

     Granted                                 253            13.66            279             9.61            299             6.50
     Canceled                                (24)            7.25            (43)           10.85           (194)            9.20

     Exercised                               (46)            8.14            (72)            2.08            (59)            1.87
                                          ------      --------------      ------      --------------      ------      --------------
    Options outstanding, end of year       1,372          $  9.30          1,189          $  8.31          1,025          $  7.63
                                          ------      --------------      ------      --------------      ------      --------------
    Options exercisable, end of year         878          $  8.26            714          $  7.92            601          $  7.15
                                          ------      --------------      ------      --------------      ------      --------------
    Weighted average fair value of
    options granted                                       $  7.76                         $  5.60                         $  3.67
                                                      --------------                  --------------                  --------------
                                                      --------------                  --------------                  --------------
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

     Options outstanding at December 31, 1997 have an exercise price per 
share ranging between $1.31 and $21.25 and a weighted average remaining 
contractual life of 6.68 years.

   In determining the compensation cost of the options granted, as specified 
by FASB No. 123, the fair value of each option grant has been estimated on 
the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and the 
weighted average assumptions used in these calculations are summarized below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                  1997        1996        1995
                                              -----------  -----------  -------
     <S>                                      <C>          <C>          <C>
     Risk free interest rate                      6.25%       6.04%       5.25%
     
     Expected life options granted              5 years     5 years     5 years
     
     Expected volatility of options granted      57.53%      60.44%      60.44%

</TABLE>

(7)  INCOME TAXES

  The provision (benefit) for income taxes for the years ended December 31 is 
summarized as follows (dollar amounts in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                    1997         1996         1995
                    ----         ----         ----
 <S>               <C>          <C>         <C>
 Current.......... $2,876       $2,658      $ 1,031
 Deferred.........    369          397       (1,966)
                   ------       ------      -------
  Total........... $3,245       $3,055      $  (935)
                   ------       ------      -------
                   ------       ------      -------

</TABLE>

  The components of the deferred tax liability are as follows as of December 31
(dollar amounts in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                            1997           1996
                                                        ----------     ----------
    <S>                                                 <C>            <C>
    Net current deferred tax liability -
    Deferred catalog costs                              $  3,392       $  2,260
    Deferred initial direct costs of club memberships      2,861          2,431
    Inventory valuation                                   (1,059)          (767)
    Merchandise returns                                     (793)          (803)
    Allowance for doubtful accounts                         (592)          (397)
    Other, net                                            (1,134)          (311)
                                                        ----------     ----------
                                                        $  2,675       $  2,413
                                                        ----------     ----------

    Net long-term deferred income taxes -
    Depreciation                                           1,248          1,022
    Acquisition costs                                       (380)           408
    Other, net                                               674              5
                                                        ----------     ----------
                                                           1,542          1,435
                                                        ----------     ----------
    Total deferred income taxes                         $  4,217       $  3,848
                                                        ----------     ----------
                                                        ----------     ----------

</TABLE>

<PAGE>

   A reconciliation of the statutory federal income tax rate to the Company's
effective income tax rate is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                              1997           1996           1995
                                                             ------         ------         ------
   <S>                                                        <C>            <C>            <C>
   Statutory federal income tax rate                          34.0%          34.0%          34.0%
   State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit       --             --             0.1
   Deferred income tax adjustments and other                   --            (0.5)          (0.6)
                                                             ------         ------         ------
   Effective income tax rate                                  34.0%          33.5%          33.5%
                                                             ------         ------         ------
                                                             ------         ------         ------

</TABLE>

(8)  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

   LEASES

   The Company leases its offices, certain warehouse facilities and certain
other equipment under renewable operating lease agreements expiring at various
dates through 2006.  Lease expense for the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996
and 1995 was $5.1 million, $4.6 million, $4.3 million, respectively.  Future
minimum lease commitments under non-cancelable operating leases as of December
31, 1997 are as follows (dollar amounts in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

          <S>                                           <C>
          1998                                          $  4,415
          1999                                             3,715
          2000                                             2,620
          2001                                             1,458
          2002 and thereafter                                580
                                                       ---------
                                                       $  12,788
                                                       ---------
                                                       ---------

</TABLE>

   CERTAIN AGREEMENTS

   The Company has an employment agreement with its Chairman, President and 
Chief Executive Officer which provides that his employment may not be 
terminated by the Company other than for cause, before December 31, 2000.  In 
addition, the Company and its Chairman have also entered into an agreement 
providing his estate, in the event of his death, the right to require the 
Company to purchase, at the then current market price, the shares of its 
common stock which he owns, subject to specified limitations.  The Company 
carries insurance on the Chairman's life in an amount in excess of its 
obligation under this agreement.

   The DAMARK International, Inc. 401(k) Retirement Plan (the "Retirement 
Plan") is an employees' savings plan qualified under Section 401(k) of the 
Internal Revenue Code of 1954.  The Retirement Plan covers substantially all 
employees of the Company who have attained age 21 and have completed at least 
one year of service, as defined.  Under the plan, employees generally may 
elect to make, subject to limitations, pretax salary reduction contributions 
of up to 20 % of their annual base salary.  The Company's matching 
contribution to the Retirement Plan is currently 25 % of the employees' 
contribution, subject to certain limitations.  Although the Retirement Plan 
also allows the Company to make certain discretionary contributions, no 
discretionary contributions were made in 1997, 1996 or 1995.

   The Company has a deferred compensation plan for outside members of its 
Board of Directors.  Under this plan, directors are able to defer all or part 
of their fees for service and have such fees invested in common stock 
equivalents of the Company.

<PAGE>

   CONTINGENCIES

   The  Company is a party to various claims, legal actions and other 
complaints arising in the ordinary course of business.  In the opinion of 
management, any losses which may occur are adequately covered by insurance, 
are provided for in the consolidated financial statements, or are without 
merit, and the ultimate outcome of these matters will not have a material 
effect on the financial position or operations of the Company.

(9)       RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

   Statement of Financial Accounting Standards Statement No. 130, "Reporting 
Comprehensive Income" ("FASB No. 130"), effective beginning in 1998, 
establishes standards of disclosure and financial statement display for 
reporting total comprehensive income and the individual components thereof. 
Management believes the adoption of FASB No. 130 will not have a material 
impact on the Company's financial position or results of operations.

   In addition, FASB No. 131, "Disclosures About Segments of an Enterprise 
and Related Information" ("FASB No. 131"), effective in 1998, establishes new 
standards for determining reportable segments and for disclosing information 
regarding each such segment.  Management has not yet determined the impact of 
FASB No. 131 on the Company's financial position or results of operations.

<PAGE>

                   REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
                                       
                                       
To Damark International, Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Damark 
International, Inc. (a Minnesota corporation) as of December 31, 1997 and 
1996, and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders' 
equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended 
December 31, 1997. These financial statements are the responsibility of the 
Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these 
financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing 
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to 
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free 
of material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, 
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  
An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and 
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall 
financial statement presentation.  We believe that our audits provide a 
reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in 
all material respects, the financial position of Damark International, Inc. 
as of December 31, 1997 and 1996, and the results of its operations and its 
cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1997, 
in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.







                                   ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP


Minneapolis, Minnesota
January 20, 1998


<PAGE>
                                                                      EXHIBIT 23
 
                   CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
 
    As independent public accountants, we hereby consent to the incorporation of
our report included in this Form 10-K, into the Company's previously filed
Registration Statement File No. 33-45056.
 
                                          ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
 
Minneapolis, Minnesota,
March 10, 1998

<PAGE>

                              POWER OF ATTORNEY

     KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that DAMARK INTERNATIONAL, INC., a 
Minnesota corporation (the "Company"), and each of the undersigned directors 
of the Company, hereby constitutes and appoints Mark A. Cohn (with full power 
to him to act alone) its/his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, for 
it/him and on its/his behalf in its/his name, place and stead, in any and all 
capacities to sign, execute, affix its/his seal thereto and file the Annual 
Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997 under the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, including any amendment or amendments 
thereto, with all exhibits and any and all documents required to be filed 
with respect thereto with any regulatory authority.

     There is hereby granted to said attorney full power and authority to do 
and perform each and every act and thing, requisite and necessary to be done 
in respect of the foregoing as fully as it/he or itself/himself might or 
could do if personally present, thereby ratifying and confirming all that 
said attorney-in-fact and agent, may lawfully do or cause to be done by 
virtue hereof.

     This Power of Attorney may be executed in any number of counterparts, 
each of which shall be an original, but all of which taken together shall 
constitute one and the same instrument and any of the undersigned directors 
may execute this Power of Attorney by signing any such counterpart.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, DAMARK INTERNATIONAL, INC. has caused this Power of 
Attorney to be executed in its name by its President, Chairman and Chief 
Executive Officer on the 19th day of February, 1998.

                                    DAMARK INTERNATIONAL, INC.

                                    By  /s/ Mark A. Cohn
                                       ------------------------------------
                                       Mark A. Cohn, President, Chairman
                                       and Chief Executive Officer

<PAGE>

     The undersigned directors of DAMARK INTERNATIONAL, INC. have hereunto 
set their hands as of the 19 day of FEB, 1998.


/s/ Mark A. Cohn                       /s/ Stephen J. Hemsley
- --------------------------             --------------------------
Mark A. Cohn                           Stephen J. Hemsley


/s/ Thomas A. Cusick                   /s/ Harold Roitenberg
- --------------------------             --------------------------
Thomas A. Cusick                       Harold Roitenberg


/s/ Jack W. Eugster                    /s/ Ralph Strangis
- --------------------------             --------------------------
Jack W. Eugster                        Ralph  Strangis


/s/ Joel N. Waller
- --------------------------
Joel N. Waller

                                      2


<TABLE> <S> <C>

<PAGE>
<ARTICLE> 5
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1997
<PERIOD-START>                             JAN-01-1997
<PERIOD-END>                               DEC-31-1997
<CASH>                                             474
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                   77,573
<ALLOWANCES>                                     1,700
<INVENTORY>                                     70,744
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                               160,283
<PP&E>                                          38,351
<DEPRECIATION>                                  24,162
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 206,189
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                          135,984
<BONDS>                                              0
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                            80
<OTHER-SE>                                      68,583
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   206,189
<SALES>                                        594,627
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                               594,627
<CGS>                                          423,411
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                  159,842
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                 1,824
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                               1,757
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                  9,550
<INCOME-TAX>                                     3,245
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                              9,550
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                     6,305
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                     0.78
<EPS-DILUTED>                                     0.74
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission